]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Improve documentation.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-ignore}
2612 @item --exclude-ignore=@var{file}
2613 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
2614 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
2615 The patterns affect only the directory itself. @xref{exclude}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-ignore-recursive}
2618 @item --exclude-ignore-recursive=@var{file}
2619 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
2620 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
2621 The patterns affect the directory and all itssubdirectories.
2622 @xref{exclude}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2625 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2628 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2631 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2632
2633 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2634 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2635 exclude-tag-under}.
2636
2637 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2638 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2639
2640 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2641 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2642
2643 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2644 @item --exclude-vcs
2645
2646 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2647 widely used version control systems.
2648
2649 @xref{exclude-vcs}.
2650
2651 @opsummary{exclude-vcs-ignores}
2652 @item --exclude-vcs-ignores
2653 Exclude files that match patterns read from VCS-specific ignore
2654 files. Supported files are: @file{.cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore},
2655 @file{.bzrignore}, and @file{.hgignore}. The semantics of each file
2656 is the same as for the corresponding VCS, e.g. patterns read from
2657 @file{.gitignore} affect the directory and all its subdirectories.
2658 @xref{exclude-vcs-ignores}.
2659
2660 @opsummary{file}
2661 @item --file=@var{archive}
2662 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2663
2664 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2665 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2666 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2667
2668 @opsummary{files-from}
2669 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2670 @itemx -T @var{file}
2671
2672 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2673 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2674 command-line. @xref{files}.
2675
2676 @opsummary{force-local}
2677 @item --force-local
2678
2679 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2680 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2681 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2682
2683 @opsummary{format}
2684 @item --format=@var{format}
2685 @itemx -H @var{format}
2686
2687 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2688 following:
2689
2690 @table @samp
2691 @item v7
2692 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2693
2694 @item oldgnu
2695 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2696 1.12 or earlier.
2697
2698 @item gnu
2699 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2700 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2701 numeric fields.
2702
2703 @item ustar
2704 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2705
2706 @item posix
2707 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2708
2709 @end table
2710
2711 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2712
2713 @opsummary{full-time}
2714 @item --full-time
2715 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2716 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2717 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2718 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2719 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2720 or extracting archives:
2721
2722 @smallexample
2723 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2724 @end smallexample
2725
2726 @noindent
2727 or, when creating an archive:
2728
2729 @smallexample
2730 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2731 @end smallexample
2732
2733 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2734 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2735 tutorial}).
2736
2737 @opsummary{group}
2738 @item --group=@var{group}
2739
2740 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2741 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2742 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2743 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2744
2745 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2746
2747 @opsummary{gzip}
2748 @opsummary{gunzip}
2749 @opsummary{ungzip}
2750 @item --gzip
2751 @itemx --gunzip
2752 @itemx --ungzip
2753 @itemx -z
2754
2755 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2756 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2757 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2758
2759 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2760 @item --hard-dereference
2761 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2762 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2763
2764 @xref{hard links}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{help}
2767 @item --help
2768 @itemx -?
2769
2770 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2771 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2774 @item --ignore-case
2775 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2776 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2777
2778 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2779 @item --ignore-command-error
2780 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2781
2782 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2783 @item --ignore-failed-read
2784
2785 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2786 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2787
2788 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2789 @item --ignore-zeros
2790 @itemx -i
2791
2792 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2793 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2794
2795 @opsummary{incremental}
2796 @item --incremental
2797 @itemx -G
2798
2799 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2800 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2801 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2802 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2803
2804 @opsummary{index-file}
2805 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2806
2807 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2808
2809 @opsummary{info-script}
2810 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2811 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2812 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2813 @itemx -F @var{command}
2814
2815 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2816 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2817 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2818 discussion of this feature.
2819
2820 @opsummary{interactive}
2821 @item --interactive
2822 @itemx --confirmation
2823 @itemx -w
2824
2825 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2826 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2827 @xref{interactive}.
2828
2829 @opsummary{--keep-directory-symlink}
2830 @item --keep-directory-symlink
2831
2832 This option changes the behavior of tar when it encounters a symlink
2833 with the same name as the directory that it is about to extract. By
2834 default, in this case tar would first remove the symlink and then
2835 proceed extracting the directory.
2836
2837 The @option{--keep-directory-symlink} option disables this behavior
2838 and instructs tar to follow symlinks to directories when extracting
2839 from the archive.
2840
2841 It is mainly intended to provide compatibility with the Slackware
2842 installation scripts.
2843
2844 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2845 @item --keep-newer-files
2846
2847 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2848 when extracting files from an archive.
2849
2850 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2851 @item --keep-old-files
2852 @itemx -k
2853
2854 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2855 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2856 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2857
2858 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2859
2860 @opsummary{label}
2861 @item --label=@var{name}
2862 @itemx -V @var{name}
2863
2864 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2865 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2866 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2867 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2868
2869 @opsummary{level}
2870 @item --level=@var{n}
2871 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2872 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2873 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2874 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2875
2876 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2877 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2878 for a detailed description.
2879
2880 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2881 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2882 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2883
2884 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2885 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2886 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2887 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2888 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2889
2890 @opsummary{lzip}
2891 @item --lzip
2892
2893 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2894 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2895
2896 @opsummary{lzma}
2897 @item --lzma
2898
2899 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2900 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2901
2902 @item --lzop
2903
2904 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2905 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2906
2907 @opsummary{mode}
2908 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2909
2910 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2911 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2912 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2913 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2914 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2915
2916 @opsummary{mtime}
2917 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2918
2919 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2920 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2921 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2922 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2923 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2924 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2925
2926 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2927 @item --multi-volume
2928 @itemx -M
2929
2930 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2931 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2932
2933 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2934 @item --new-volume-script
2935
2936 (see @option{--info-script})
2937
2938 @opsummary{newer}
2939 @item --newer=@var{date}
2940 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2941 @itemx -N
2942
2943 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2944 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2945 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2946 the date. @xref{after}.
2947
2948 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2949 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2950
2951 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2952 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2953 also back up files for which any status information has
2954 changed). @xref{after}.
2955
2956 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2957 @item --no-anchored
2958 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2959 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2960
2961 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2962 @item --no-auto-compress
2963
2964 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2965 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2966
2967 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2968 @item --no-check-device
2969 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2970 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2971 a detailed description.
2972
2973 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2974 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2975
2976 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2977 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2978 extracted. This is the default.
2979 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2980
2981 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2982 @item --no-ignore-case
2983 Use case-sensitive matching.
2984 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2985
2986 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2987 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2988 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2989 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2990
2991 @opsummary{no-null}
2992 @item --no-null
2993
2994 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2995 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2996 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2997
2998 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2999 @item --no-overwrite-dir
3000
3001 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3002 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3003
3004 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
3005 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
3006 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
3007 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
3008 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3009
3010 @opsummary{no-recursion}
3011 @item --no-recursion
3012
3013 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
3014 @xref{recurse}.
3015
3016 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
3017 @item --no-same-owner
3018 @itemx -o
3019
3020 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
3021 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
3022 for ordinary users.
3023
3024 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
3025 @item --no-same-permissions
3026
3027 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
3028 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
3029 for ordinary users.
3030
3031 @opsummary{no-seek}
3032 @item --no-seek
3033
3034 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
3035 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3036 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3037 mechanism.
3038
3039 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3040 @item --no-unquote
3041 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3042 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3043
3044 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3045 @item --no-wildcards
3046 Do not use wildcards.
3047 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3048
3049 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3050 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3051 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3052 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3053
3054 @opsummary{null}
3055 @item --null
3056
3057 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3058 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3059 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3060 @xref{nul}.
3061
3062 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3063 @item --numeric-owner
3064
3065 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3066 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3067 @xref{Attributes}.
3068
3069 @item -o
3070 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3071 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3072 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3073 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3074
3075 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3076 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3077 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3078 removed in future releases.
3079
3080 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3081
3082 @opsummary{occurrence}
3083 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3084
3085 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3086 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3087 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3088 line or via @option{-T} option.
3089
3090 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3091 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3092
3093 @smallexample
3094 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3095 @end smallexample
3096
3097 @noindent
3098 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3099 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3100
3101 @opsummary{old-archive}
3102 @item --old-archive
3103 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3104
3105 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3106 @item --one-file-system
3107 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3108 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3109 directory.
3110
3111 @opsummary{one-top-level}
3112 @item --one-top-level[=@var{dir}]
3113 Tells @command{tar} to create a new directory beneath the extraction directory
3114 (or the one passed to @option{-C}) and use it to guard against
3115 tarbombs. In the absence of @var{dir} argument, the name of the new directory
3116 will be equal to the base name of the archive (file name minus the
3117 archive suffix, if recognized). Any member names that do not begin
3118 with that directory name (after
3119 transformations from @option{--transform} and
3120 @option{--strip-components}) will be prefixed with it. Recognized
3121 file name suffixes are @samp{.tar}, and any compression suffixes
3122 recognizable by @xref{--auto-compress}.
3123
3124 @opsummary{overwrite}
3125 @item --overwrite
3126
3127 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3128 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3129
3130 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3131 @item --overwrite-dir
3132
3133 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3134 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3135
3136 @opsummary{owner}
3137 @item --owner=@var{user}
3138
3139 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3140 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3141 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3142 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3143 @xref{override}.
3144
3145 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3146
3147 @opsummary{pax-option}
3148 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3149 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3150 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3151 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3152 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3153 discussion.
3154
3155 @opsummary{portability}
3156 @item --portability
3157 @itemx --old-archive
3158 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3159
3160 @opsummary{posix}
3161 @item --posix
3162 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3163
3164 @opsummary{preserve}
3165 @item --preserve
3166
3167 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3168 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3169
3170 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3171 @item --preserve-order
3172
3173 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3174
3175 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3176 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3177 @item --preserve-permissions
3178 @itemx --same-permissions
3179 @itemx -p
3180
3181 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3182 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3183 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3184 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3185 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3186
3187 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3188 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3189 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3190 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3191
3192 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3193 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3194 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3195 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3196 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3197 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3198 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3199 package.
3200
3201 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3202 @item --read-full-records
3203 @itemx -B
3204
3205 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3206 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3207
3208 @opsummary{record-size}
3209 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3210
3211 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3212 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3213 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3214 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3215 description of this option.
3216
3217 @opsummary{recursion}
3218 @item --recursion
3219
3220 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3221 @xref{recurse}.
3222
3223 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3224 @item --recursive-unlink
3225
3226 Remove existing
3227 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3228 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3229
3230 @opsummary{remove-files}
3231 @item --remove-files
3232
3233 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3234 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3235
3236 @opsummary{restrict}
3237 @item --restrict
3238
3239 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3240 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3241 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3242
3243 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3244 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3245
3246 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3247 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3248
3249 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3250 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3251
3252 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3253 devices. @xref{Device}.
3254
3255 @opsummary{same-order}
3256 @item --same-order
3257 @itemx --preserve-order
3258 @itemx -s
3259
3260 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3261 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3262 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3263 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3264
3265 @opsummary{same-owner}
3266 @item --same-owner
3267
3268 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3269 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3270 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3271 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3272
3273 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3274 @item --same-permissions
3275
3276 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3277
3278 @opsummary{seek}
3279 @item --seek
3280 @itemx -n
3281
3282 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3283 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3284 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3285 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3286 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3287 @option{--extract} options).
3288
3289 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3290 @item --show-defaults
3291
3292 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3293 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3294 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3295
3296 @smallexample
3297 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3298 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3299 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3300 @end smallexample
3301
3302 @noindent
3303 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3304 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3305
3306 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3307 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3308
3309 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3310 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3311
3312 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3313 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3314
3315 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3316 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3317 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3318
3319 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3320 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3321 @item --show-transformed-names
3322 @itemx --show-stored-names
3323
3324 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3325 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3326 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3327 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3328 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3329
3330 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3331 @item --skip-old-files
3332
3333 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3334 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3335
3336 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3337 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3338 overwriting them.
3339
3340 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3341 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3342 (@pxref{warnings}).
3343
3344 @opsummary{sort}
3345 @item --sort=@var{order}
3346 Specify the directory sorting order when reading directories.
3347 @var{Order} may be one of the following:
3348
3349 @table @samp
3350 @item none
3351 No directory sorting is performed. This is the default.
3352
3353 @item name
3354 Sort the directory entries on name. The operating system may deliver
3355 directory entries in a more or less random order, and sorting them
3356 makes archive creation reproducible.
3357
3358 @item inode
3359 Sort the directory entries on inode number. Sorting directories on
3360 inode number may reduce the amount of disk seek operations when
3361 creating an archive for some file systems.
3362
3363 @end table
3364
3365 @opsummary{sparse}
3366 @item --sparse
3367 @itemx -S
3368
3369 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3370 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3371
3372 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3373 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3374
3375 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3376 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3377 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3378
3379 @opsummary{starting-file}
3380 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3381 @itemx -K @var{name}
3382
3383 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3384 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3385 @xref{Scarce}.
3386
3387 @opsummary{strip-components}
3388 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3389 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3390 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3391 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3392
3393 @smallexample
3394 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3395 @end smallexample
3396
3397 @noindent
3398 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3399
3400 @opsummary{suffix}
3401 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3402
3403 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3404 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3405
3406 @opsummary{tape-length}
3407 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3408 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3409
3410 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3411 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3412 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3413 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3414 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3415 discussion of this option.
3416
3417 @opsummary{test-label}
3418 @item --test-label
3419
3420 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3421 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3422
3423 @opsummary{to-command}
3424 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3425
3426 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3427 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3428
3429 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3430 @item --to-stdout
3431 @itemx -O
3432
3433 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3434 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3435
3436 @opsummary{totals}
3437 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3438
3439 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3440 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3441 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3442 @xref{totals}.
3443
3444 @opsummary{touch}
3445 @item --touch
3446 @itemx -m
3447
3448 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3449 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3450 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3451
3452 @opsummary{transform}
3453 @opsummary{xform}
3454 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3455 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3456 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3457 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3458
3459 @smallexample
3460 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3461 @end smallexample
3462
3463 @noindent
3464 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3465 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3466 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3467
3468 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3469 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3470 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3471
3472 @opsummary{uncompress}
3473 @item --uncompress
3474
3475 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3476
3477 @opsummary{ungzip}
3478 @item --ungzip
3479
3480 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3481
3482 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3483 @item --unlink-first
3484 @itemx -U
3485
3486 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3487 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3488
3489 @opsummary{unquote}
3490 @item --unquote
3491 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3492 name quoting}.
3493
3494 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3495 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3496 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3497
3498 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3499 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3500
3501 @opsummary{utc}
3502 @item --utc
3503
3504 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3505 @option{--verbose}.
3506
3507 @opsummary{verbose}
3508 @item --verbose
3509 @itemx -v
3510
3511 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3512 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3513 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3514 @xref{verbose}.
3515
3516 @opsummary{verify}
3517 @item --verify
3518 @itemx -W
3519
3520 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3521 archive. @xref{verify}.
3522
3523 @opsummary{version}
3524 @item --version
3525
3526 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3527 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3528 @xref{help}.
3529
3530 @opsummary{volno-file}
3531 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3532
3533 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3534 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3535 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3536
3537 @opsummary{warning}
3538 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3539
3540 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3541 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3542 @xref{warnings}.
3543
3544 @opsummary{wildcards}
3545 @item --wildcards
3546 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3547 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3548
3549 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3550 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3551 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3552 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3553
3554 @opsummary{xz}
3555 @item --xz
3556 @itemx -J
3557 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3558
3559 @end table
3560
3561 @node Short Option Summary
3562 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3563
3564 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3565 them with the equivalent long option.
3566
3567 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3568 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3569
3570 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3571
3572 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3573
3574 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3575
3576 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3577
3578 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3579
3580 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3581
3582 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3583
3584 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3585
3586 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3587
3588 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3589
3590 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3591
3592 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3593
3594 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3595
3596 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3597
3598 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3599
3600 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3601
3602 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3603
3604 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3605
3606 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3607
3608 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3609
3610 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3611
3612 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3613
3614 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3615
3616 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3617
3618 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3619
3620 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3621
3622 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3623
3624 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3625
3626 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3627
3628 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3629
3630 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3631
3632 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3633 @ref{--portability}.
3634
3635 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3636 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3637 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3638
3639 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3640
3641 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3642
3643 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3644
3645 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3646
3647 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3648
3649 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3650
3651 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3652
3653 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3654
3655 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3656
3657 @end multitable
3658
3659 @node help
3660 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3661
3662 @cindex Getting program version number
3663 @opindex version
3664 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3665 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3666 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3667 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3668 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3669 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3670
3671 @smallexample
3672 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3673 Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3674 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3675 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3676 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3677
3678 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3679 @end smallexample
3680
3681 @noindent
3682 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3683 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3684 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3685 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3686 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3687 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3688 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3689 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3690 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3691 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3692
3693 @cindex Obtaining help
3694 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3695 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3696 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3697 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3698 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3699 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3700 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3701 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3702 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3703 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3704 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3705 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3706
3707 @smallexample
3708 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3709 @end smallexample
3710
3711 @noindent
3712 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3713 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3714 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3715 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3716
3717 @smallexample
3718 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3719 @end smallexample
3720
3721 @noindent
3722 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3723 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3724 command will list only the first of them.
3725
3726 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3727 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3728
3729 @opindex usage
3730 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3731 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3732 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3733
3734 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3735 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3736 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3737 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3738 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3739 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3740 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3741 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3742 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3743 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3744 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3745 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3746 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3747 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3748
3749 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3750 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3751 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3752 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3753 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3754 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3755 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3756
3757 @node defaults
3758 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3759
3760 @opindex show-defaults
3761 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3762 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3763 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3764 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3765
3766 @smallexample
3767 @group
3768 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3769 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3770 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3771 @end group
3772 @end smallexample
3773
3774 @noindent
3775 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3776 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3777
3778 @noindent
3779 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3780 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3781 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3782 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3783 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3784 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3785
3786 @node verbose
3787 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3788
3789 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3790 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3791 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3792 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3793 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3794 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3795 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3796 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3797 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3798 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3799 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3800 helpful diagnostic tools.
3801
3802 @cindex Verbose operation
3803 @opindex verbose
3804 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3805 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3806 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3807 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3808 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3809 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3810 monitoring @command{tar}.
3811
3812 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3813 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3814 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3815 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3816 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3817 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3818 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3819 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3820
3821 @smallexample
3822 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3823 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3824 @end smallexample
3825
3826 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3827 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3828 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3829 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3830 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3831
3832 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3833 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3834 error.
3835
3836 @anchor{totals}
3837 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3838 @opindex totals
3839 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3840 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3841 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3842 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3843 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3844
3845 @smallexample
3846 @group
3847 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3848 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3849 @end group
3850 @end smallexample
3851
3852 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3853 read:
3854
3855 @smallexample
3856 @group
3857 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3858 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3859 @end group
3860 @end smallexample
3861
3862 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3863 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3864
3865 @smallexample
3866 @group
3867 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3868 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3869 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3870 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3871 @end group
3872 @end smallexample
3873
3874 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3875 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3876 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3877 statistics is to be printed:
3878
3879 @table @option
3880 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3881 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3882 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3883 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3884 accepted.
3885 @end table
3886
3887 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3888 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3889 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3890 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3891 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3892
3893 @anchor{Progress information}
3894 @cindex Progress information
3895 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3896 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3897 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3898 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3899 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3900 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3901 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3902
3903 @smallexample
3904 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3905 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3906 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3907 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3908 @end smallexample
3909
3910 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3911 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3912 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3913 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3914 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3915
3916 @smallexample
3917 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3918 ...
3919 @end smallexample
3920
3921 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3922 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3923 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3924
3925 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3926 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3927 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3928 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3929 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3930 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3931 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3932 it might be excluded by the use of the
3933 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3934
3935 @opindex block-number
3936 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3937 @anchor{block-number}
3938 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3939 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3940 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3941 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3942 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3943 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3944 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3945 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3946 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3947 archive from a pipe.
3948
3949 @cindex Error message, block number of
3950 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3951 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3952 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3953 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3954 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3955 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3956
3957 @node checkpoints
3958 @section Checkpoints
3959 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3960 @opindex checkpoint
3961 @opindex checkpoint-action
3962
3963 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3964 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3965 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3966 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3967
3968 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3969
3970 @table @option
3971 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3972 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3973 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3974 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3975 @end table
3976
3977 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3978 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3979 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3980 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3981
3982 @table @option
3983 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3984 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3985 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3986 @end table
3987
3988 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3989 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3990 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3991 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3992 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3993 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3994 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3995
3996 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3997
3998 This is the default action, so running:
3999
4000 @smallexample
4001 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
4002 @end smallexample
4003
4004 @noindent
4005 is equivalent to:
4006
4007 @smallexample
4008 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
4009 @end smallexample
4010
4011 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
4012 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
4013 e.g.:
4014
4015 @smallexample
4016 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
4017 @end smallexample
4018
4019 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
4020 @dfn{format specifiers}. The @samp{%s} specifier is replaced with
4021 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
4022 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
4023 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} specifier is replaced with
4024 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
4025 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
4026 option:
4027
4028 @smallexample
4029 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
4030 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
4031 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
4032 @end smallexample
4033
4034 The complete list of available format specifiers follows. Some of
4035 them can take optional arguments. These arguments, if given, are
4036 supplied in curly braces between the percent sign and the specifier
4037 letter.
4038
4039 @table @samp
4040 @item %s
4041 Print type of the checkpoint (@samp{write} or @samp{read}).
4042
4043 @item %u
4044 Print number of the checkpoint.
4045
4046 @item %@{r,w,d@}T
4047 Print number of bytes transferred so far and approximate transfer
4048 speed. Optional arguments supply prefixes to be used before number
4049 of bytes read, written and deleted, correspondingly. If absent,
4050 they default to @samp{R}. @samp{W}, @samp{D}. Any or all of them can
4051 be omitted, so, that e.g. @samp{%@{@}T} means to print corresponding
4052 statistics without any prefixes. Any surplus arguments, if present,
4053 are silently ignored.
4054
4055 @example
4056 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f f.tar --checkpoint-action=echo="#%u: %T" main.c}
4057 tar: #1: R: 0 (0B, 0B/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 0
4058 tar: #2: R: 10240 (10KiB, 19MiB/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 10240
4059 @end example
4060
4061 @noindent
4062 See also the @samp{totals} action, described below.
4063
4064 @item %@{@var{fmt}@}t
4065 Output current local time using @var{fmt} as format for @command{strftime}
4066 (@pxref{strftime, strftime,,strftime(3), strftime(3) man page}). The
4067 @samp{@{@var{fmt}@}} part is optional. If not present, the default
4068 format is @samp{%c}, i.e. the preferred date and time representation
4069 for the current locale.
4070
4071 @item %@{@var{n}@}*
4072 Pad output with spaces to the @var{n}th column. If the
4073 @samp{@{@var{n}@}} part is omitted, the current screen width
4074 is assumed.
4075
4076 @item %c
4077 This is a shortcut for @samp{%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t: %ds, %@{read,wrote@}T%*\r},
4078 intended mainly for use with @samp{ttyout} action (see below).
4079 @end table
4080
4081 Aside from format expansion, the message string is subject to
4082 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
4083 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
4084 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
4085 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
4086
4087 @smallexample
4088 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
4089 @end smallexample
4090
4091 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
4092 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
4093 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
4094 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
4095 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
4096
4097 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
4098 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
4099 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
4100 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
4101 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
4102 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
4103 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
4104 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
4105 line, overwriting any previous message:
4106
4107 @smallexample
4108 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=Hit %s checkpoint #%u%*\r"
4109 @end smallexample
4110
4111 @noindent
4112 Notice the use of @samp{%*} specifier to clear out any eventual
4113 remains of the prior output line. As as more complex example,
4114 consider this:
4115
4116 @smallexample
4117 --checkpoint-action=ttyout='%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t (%d sec): #%u, %T%*\r'
4118 @end smallexample
4119
4120 @noindent
4121 This prints the current local time, number of seconds expired since
4122 tar was started, the checkpoint ordinal number, transferred bytes and
4123 average computed I/O speed.
4124
4125 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
4126 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
4127 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
4128 stream, e.g.:
4129
4130 @smallexample
4131 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4132 ...
4133 @end smallexample
4134
4135 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4136 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4137 as shown in the previous section.
4138
4139 @cindex @code{totals}, checkpoint action
4140 The @samp{totals} action prints the total number of bytes transferred
4141 so far. The format of the data is the same as for the
4142 @option{--totals} option (@pxref{totals}). See also @samp{%T} format
4143 specifier of the @samp{echo} or @samp{ttyout} action.
4144
4145 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4146 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4147 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4148 checkpoint:
4149
4150 @smallexample
4151 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4152 @end smallexample
4153
4154 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4155 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4156 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4157 For example:
4158
4159 @smallexample
4160 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4161 @end smallexample
4162
4163 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4164 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4165 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4166 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4167
4168 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4169 following variables:
4170
4171 @table @env
4172 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4173 @item TAR_VERSION
4174 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4175
4176 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4177 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4178 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4179
4180 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4181 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4182 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4183
4184 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4185 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4186 Number of the checkpoint.
4187
4188 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4189 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4190 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4191 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4192
4193 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4194 @item TAR_FORMAT
4195 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4196 list of archive format names.
4197 @end table
4198
4199 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4200 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4201
4202 @smallexample
4203 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4204 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4205 @end smallexample
4206
4207 @noindent
4208 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4209 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4210
4211 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4212 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4213 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4214 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4215
4216 @example
4217 @group
4218 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4219 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4220 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4221 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4222 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4223 @end group
4224 @end example
4225
4226 This example also illustrates the fact that
4227 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4228 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4229 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4230
4231 @node warnings
4232 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4233
4234 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4235 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4236 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4237 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4238 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4239 code of @command{tar} command.
4240
4241 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4242 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4243 messages:
4244
4245 @table @option
4246 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4247 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4248 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4249 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4250
4251 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4252
4253 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4254 warning messages they control.
4255 @end table
4256
4257 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4258 @table @asis
4259 @kwindex all
4260 @item all
4261 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4262 @kwindex none
4263 @item none
4264 Disable all warning messages.
4265 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4266 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4267 @item filename-with-nuls
4268 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4269 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4270 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4271 @item alone-zero-block
4272 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4273 @end table
4274
4275 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4276 @table @asis
4277 @kwindex cachedir
4278 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4279 @item cachedir
4280 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4281 @kwindex file-shrank
4282 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4283 @item file-shrank
4284 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4285 @kwindex xdev
4286 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4287 @item xdev
4288 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4289 @kwindex file-ignored
4290 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4291 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4292 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4293 @item file-ignored
4294 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4295 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4296 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4297 @kwindex file-unchanged
4298 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4299 @item file-unchanged
4300 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4301 @kwindex ignore-archive
4302 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4303 @kwindex ignore-archive
4304 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4305 @item ignore-archive
4306 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4307 @kwindex file-removed
4308 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4309 @item file-removed
4310 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4311 @kwindex file-changed
4312 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4313 @item file-changed
4314 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4315 @end table
4316
4317 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4318 @table @asis
4319 @kwindex existing-file
4320 @cindex @samp{%s: skipping existing file}, warning message
4321 @item existing-file
4322 @samp{%s: skipping existing file}
4323 @kwindex timestamp
4324 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4325 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4326 @item timestamp
4327 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4328 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4329 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4330 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4331 @item contiguous-cast
4332 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4333 @kwindex symlink-cast
4334 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4335 @item symlink-cast
4336 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4337 @kwindex unknown-cast
4338 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4339 @item unknown-cast
4340 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4341 @kwindex ignore-newer
4342 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4343 @item ignore-newer
4344 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4345 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4346 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4347 @item unknown-keyword
4348 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4349 @kwindex decompress-program
4350 @item decompress-program
4351 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4352 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4353 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4354 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4355 when using this warning is:
4356
4357 @smallexample
4358 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4359 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4360 tar (child): trying gzip
4361 @end smallexample
4362
4363 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4364 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4365 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4366 @kwindex record-size
4367 @cindex @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}, warning message
4368 @item record-size
4369 @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}
4370 @end table
4371
4372 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4373 @table @asis
4374 @kwindex rename-directory
4375 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4376 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4377 @item rename-directory
4378 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4379 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4380 @kwindex new-directory
4381 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4382 @item new-directory
4383 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4384 @kwindex xdev
4385 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4386 @item xdev
4387 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4388 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4389 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4390 @item bad-dumpdir
4391 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4392 @end table
4393
4394 @node interactive
4395 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4396 @cindex Interactive operation
4397
4398 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4399 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4400 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4401 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4402 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4403 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4404 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4405
4406 @opindex interactive
4407 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4408 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4409 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4410 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4411 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4412 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4413 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4414 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4415 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4416
4417 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4418 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4419 communications.
4420
4421 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4422 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4423 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4424 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4425 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4426 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4427 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4428 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4429 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4430 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4431 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4432
4433 @node external
4434 @section Running External Commands
4435
4436 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4437 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4438 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4439 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4440 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4441 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4442
4443 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4444 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4445 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4446 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4447 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4448 @env{PATH}.
4449
4450 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4451 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4452 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4453 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4454 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4455 command line of the external command. For example:
4456
4457 @smallexample
4458 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4459 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4460 @end smallexample
4461
4462 @noindent
4463 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4464 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4465
4466 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4467 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4468
4469 @node operations
4470 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4471
4472 @menu
4473 * Basic tar::
4474 * Advanced tar::
4475 * create options::
4476 * extract options::
4477 * backup::
4478 * Applications::
4479 * looking ahead::
4480 @end menu
4481
4482 @node Basic tar
4483 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4484
4485 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4486 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4487 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4488 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4489 for these operations.
4490
4491 @table @option
4492 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4493 @item --create
4494 @itemx -c
4495
4496 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4497 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4498 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4499 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4500 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4501 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4502 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4503 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4504 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4505
4506 @enumerate
4507 @item
4508 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4509 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4510 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4511 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4512 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4513 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4514
4515 @item
4516 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4517 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4518 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4519 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4520 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4521 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4522 @end enumerate
4523
4524 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4525 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4526 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4527 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4528 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4529 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4530 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4531 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4532 the following commands:
4533
4534 @smallexample
4535 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4536 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4537 @end smallexample
4538
4539 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4540 @item --extract
4541 @itemx --get
4542 @itemx -x
4543
4544 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4545
4546 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4547
4548 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4549 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4550 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4551 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4552 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4553 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4554
4555 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4556 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4557
4558 @end table
4559
4560 @node Advanced tar
4561 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4562
4563 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4564 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4565
4566 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4567 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4568 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4569 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4570 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4571 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4572 error correction in special circumstances.
4573
4574 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4575 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4576
4577 @menu
4578 * Operations::
4579 * append::
4580 * update::
4581 * concatenate::
4582 * delete::
4583 * compare::
4584 @end menu
4585
4586 @node Operations
4587 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4588
4589 @cindex basic operations
4590 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4591 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4592 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4593 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4594
4595 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4596 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4597 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4598 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4599 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4600 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4601 and the two archive files you created are
4602 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4603
4604 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4605 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4606 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4607 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4608
4609 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4610 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4611 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4612 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4613 where the last chapter left them.)
4614
4615 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4616
4617 @table @option
4618 @item --append
4619 @itemx -r
4620 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4621 @item --update
4622 @itemx -u
4623 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4624 they exist.
4625 @item --concatenate
4626 @itemx --catenate
4627 @itemx -A
4628 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4629 @item --delete
4630 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4631 @item --compare
4632 @itemx --diff
4633 @itemx -d
4634 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4635 @end table
4636
4637 @node append
4638 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4639
4640 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4641 @opindex append
4642 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4643 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4644 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4645 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4646 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4647 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4648
4649 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4650 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4651 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4652 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4653 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4654 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4655 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4656 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4657
4658 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4659 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4660 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4661 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4662 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4663 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4664 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4665 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4666 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4667 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4668 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4669 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4670 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4671 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4672
4673 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4674 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4675 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4676 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4677 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4678 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4679 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4680 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4681 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4682 the command
4683
4684 @smallexample
4685 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4686 @end smallexample
4687
4688 @noindent
4689 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4690 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4691 option.
4692
4693 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4694 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4695
4696 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4697 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4698
4699 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4700 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4701 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4702 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4703 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4704 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4705 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4706 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4707 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4708 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4709 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4710
4711 @menu
4712 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4713 * multiple::
4714 @end menu
4715
4716 @node appending files
4717 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4718 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4719 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4720 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4721 @opindex append
4722
4723 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4724 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4725 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4726 archived files.
4727
4728 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4729 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4730 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4731 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4732 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4733 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4734 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4735
4736 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4737 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4738 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4739 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4740
4741 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4742 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4743 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4744 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4745 @file{collection.tar}:
4746
4747 @smallexample
4748 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4749 @end smallexample
4750
4751 @noindent
4752 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4753 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4754
4755 @smallexample
4756 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4757 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4758 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4759 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4760 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4761 @end smallexample
4762
4763 @node multiple
4764 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4765 @cindex members, multiple
4766 @cindex multiple members
4767
4768 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4769 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4770 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4771 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4772 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4773 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4774 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4775 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4776 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4777 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4778 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4779 all versions of the file.
4780
4781 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4782 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4783 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4784 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4785 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4786 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4787 newer version when it is extracted.
4788
4789 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4790 archive in this way:
4791
4792 @smallexample
4793 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4794 blues
4795 @end smallexample
4796
4797 @noindent
4798 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4799 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4800 list the contents of the archive:
4801
4802 @smallexample
4803 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4804 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4805 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4806 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4807 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4808 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4809 @end smallexample
4810
4811 @noindent
4812 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4813 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4814 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4815 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4816 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4817
4818 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4819 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4820 the following example:
4821
4822 @smallexample
4823 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4824 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4825 @end smallexample
4826
4827 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4828 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4829 @option{--occurrence} option.
4830
4831 @node update
4832 @subsection Updating an Archive
4833 @cindex Updating an archive
4834 @opindex update
4835
4836 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4837 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4838 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4839 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4840 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4841 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4842 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4843 @option{--append}).
4844
4845 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4846 The operation will fail.
4847
4848 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4849 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4850
4851 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4852 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4853 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4854 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4855
4856 @menu
4857 * how to update::
4858 @end menu
4859
4860 @node how to update
4861 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4862 @opindex update
4863
4864 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4865 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4866 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4867 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4868
4869 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4870 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4871
4872 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4873 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4874 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4875 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4876 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4877 directory as file name arguments:
4878
4879 @smallexample
4880 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4881 blues
4882 classical
4883 $
4884 @end smallexample
4885
4886 @noindent
4887 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4888 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4889 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4890 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4891 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4892 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4893 updating it.
4894
4895 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4896 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4897 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4898 information about tapes.
4899
4900 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4901 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4902 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4903 options intended specifically for backups are more
4904 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4905
4906 @node concatenate
4907 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4908
4909 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4910 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4911 @opindex concatenate
4912 @opindex catenate
4913 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4914 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4915 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4916 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4917 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4918
4919 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4920 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4921 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4922 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4923 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4924 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4925 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4926 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4927 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4928 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4929
4930 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4931
4932 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4933 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4934 files from @file{practice}:
4935
4936 @smallexample
4937 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4938 blues
4939 rock
4940 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4941 folk
4942 jazz
4943 @end smallexample
4944
4945 @noindent
4946 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4947 contain what they are supposed to:
4948
4949 @smallexample
4950 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4951 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4952 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4953 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4954 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4955 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4956 @end smallexample
4957
4958 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4959
4960 @smallexample
4961 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4962 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4963 @end smallexample
4964
4965 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4966 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4967
4968 @smallexample
4969 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4970 blues
4971 rock
4972 folk
4973 jazz
4974 @end smallexample
4975
4976 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4977 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4978 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4979 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4980 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4981
4982 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4983 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4984
4985 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4986 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4987 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4988 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4989 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4990
4991 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4992 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4993 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4994 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4995 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4996 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4997 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4998 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4999 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
5000 @command{cat} shell utility.
5001
5002 @node delete
5003 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
5004 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
5005 @cindex Removing files from an archive
5006
5007 @opindex delete
5008 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
5009 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
5010 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
5011 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
5012 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
5013 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
5014 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
5015 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
5016 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
5017
5018 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
5019
5020 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
5021 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
5022 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
5023 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
5024 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
5025 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
5026 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
5027 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
5028 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
5029 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
5030
5031 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
5032 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
5033 are in that directory, and then,
5034
5035 @smallexample
5036 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
5037 blues
5038 folk
5039 jazz
5040 rock
5041 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
5042 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
5043 folk
5044 jazz
5045 rock
5046 @end smallexample
5047
5048 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
5049 all the examples on collection.tar.}
5050
5051 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
5052 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
5053
5054 @node compare
5055 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
5056 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
5057
5058 @opindex compare
5059 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
5060 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
5061 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
5062 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
5063 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
5064 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
5065 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
5066
5067 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
5068 archive with a non-default record size.
5069
5070 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
5071 corresponding members in the archive.
5072
5073 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
5074 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
5075 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
5076 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
5077
5078 @smallexample
5079 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
5080 rock
5081 blues
5082 tar: funk not found in archive
5083 @end smallexample
5084
5085 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5086 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
5087 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
5088 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
5089
5090 @node create options
5091 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
5092
5093 @xopindex{create, additional options}
5094 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
5095 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
5096 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
5097 @option{--create}.
5098
5099 @menu
5100 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
5101 * Ignore Failed Read::
5102 @end menu
5103
5104 @node override
5105 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
5106
5107 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
5108 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
5109 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
5110 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
5111 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
5112 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
5113 metadata, stored in the archive.
5114
5115 @table @option
5116 @opindex mode
5117 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
5118
5119 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
5120 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
5121 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
5122 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
5123 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
5124 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
5125 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
5126 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
5127 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
5128 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
5129 or on any other file already marked as executable:
5130
5131 @smallexample
5132 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
5133 @end smallexample
5134
5135 @item --mtime=@var{date}
5136 @opindex mtime
5137
5138 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
5139 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
5140 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
5141 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
5142 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
5143 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
5144 of that file will be used.
5145
5146 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5147 January 1, 1970:
5148
5149 @smallexample
5150 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5151 @end smallexample
5152
5153 @noindent
5154 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5155 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5156 representation and compare it with the one given with
5157 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5158 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5159 ensure he is using the right date.
5160
5161 For example:
5162
5163 @smallexample
5164 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5165 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5166 13:06:29.152478
5167 @dots{}
5168 @end smallexample
5169
5170 @item --owner=@var{user}
5171 @opindex owner
5172
5173 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5174 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5175 file.
5176
5177 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5178 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5179 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5180 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5181 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5182 taken to be a user name.
5183
5184 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5185 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5186 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5187 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5188 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5189 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5190 current host.
5191
5192 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5193 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5194 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5195 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5196 archives. For example:
5197
5198 @smallexample
5199 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5200 @end smallexample
5201
5202 @noindent
5203 or:
5204
5205 @smallexample
5206 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5207 @end smallexample
5208
5209 @item --group=@var{group}
5210 @opindex group
5211
5212 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5213 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5214 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5215 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5216 @end table
5217
5218 @node Ignore Failed Read
5219 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5220
5221 @table @option
5222 @item --ignore-failed-read
5223 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5224 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5225 @end table
5226
5227 @node extract options
5228 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5229 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5230
5231 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5232 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5233 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5234 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5235 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5236 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5237 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5238 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5239 @option{--extract} operation.
5240
5241 @menu
5242 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5243 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5244 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5245 @end menu
5246
5247 @node Reading
5248 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5249 @cindex Options when reading archives
5250
5251 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5252 @cindex Records, incomplete
5253 @opindex read-full-records
5254 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5255 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5256 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5257 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5258 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5259 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5260 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5261 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5262 @xref{Blocking}.
5263
5264 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5265 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5266 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5267 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5268 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5269 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5270
5271 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5272 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5273 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5274 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5275 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5276 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5277
5278 @menu
5279 * read full records::
5280 * Ignore Zeros::
5281 @end menu
5282
5283 @node read full records
5284 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5285
5286 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5287
5288 @table @option
5289 @opindex read-full-records
5290 @item --read-full-records
5291 @item -B
5292 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5293 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5294 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5295 @end table
5296
5297 @node Ignore Zeros
5298 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5299
5300 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5301 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5302 @opindex ignore-zeros
5303 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5304 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5305 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5306 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5307 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5308 several archives together).
5309
5310 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5311 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5312 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5313 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5314 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5315
5316 @table @option
5317 @item --ignore-zeros
5318 @itemx -i
5319 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5320 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5321 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5322 @end table
5323
5324 @node Writing
5325 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5326 @UNREVISED
5327
5328 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5329
5330 @menu
5331 * Dealing with Old Files::
5332 * Overwrite Old Files::
5333 * Keep Old Files::
5334 * Keep Newer Files::
5335 * Unlink First::
5336 * Recursive Unlink::
5337 * Data Modification Times::
5338 * Setting Access Permissions::
5339 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5340 * Writing to Standard Output::
5341 * Writing to an External Program::
5342 * remove files::
5343 @end menu
5344
5345 @node Dealing with Old Files
5346 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5347
5348 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5349 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5350 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5351 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5352 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5353 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5354 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5355 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5356 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5357 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5358
5359 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5360 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5361 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5362 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5363 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5364 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5365 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5366 example:
5367
5368 @example
5369 $ @kbd{ls}
5370 blues
5371 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5372 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5373 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5374 @end example
5375
5376 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5377 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5378 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5379 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5380 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5381
5382 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5383 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5384 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5385 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5386
5387 @cindex Protecting old files
5388 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5389 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5390 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5391 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5392 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5393 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5394 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5395 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5396 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5397 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5398 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5399 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5400 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5401 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5402 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5403 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5404 removed.
5405
5406 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5407 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5408 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5409 before extracting them.
5410
5411 @node Overwrite Old Files
5412 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5413
5414 @table @option
5415 @opindex overwrite
5416 @item --overwrite
5417 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5418 from an archive.
5419
5420 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5421 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5422 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5423 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5424 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5425 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5426 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5427 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5428 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5429 they are in the way of extraction.
5430
5431 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5432 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5433 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5434 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5435 are currently being executed.
5436
5437 @opindex overwrite-dir
5438 @item --overwrite-dir
5439 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5440 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5441 @end table
5442
5443 @node Keep Old Files
5444 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5445
5446 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5447 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5448
5449 @table @option
5450 @opindex keep-old-files
5451 @item --keep-old-files
5452 @itemx -k
5453 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5454 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5455 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5456
5457 @item --skip-old-files
5458 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5459 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5460 @command{tar} exit status.
5461
5462 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5463 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5464 @end table
5465
5466 @node Keep Newer Files
5467 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5468
5469 @table @option
5470 @opindex keep-newer-files
5471 @item --keep-newer-files
5472 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5473 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5474 @end table
5475
5476 @node Unlink First
5477 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5478
5479 @table @option
5480 @opindex unlink-first
5481 @item --unlink-first
5482 @itemx -U
5483 Remove files before extracting over them.
5484 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5485 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5486 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5487 @end table
5488
5489 @node Recursive Unlink
5490 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5491
5492 @table @option
5493 @opindex recursive-unlink
5494 @item --recursive-unlink
5495 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5496 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5497 @end table
5498
5499 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5500 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5501 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5502 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5503
5504 @node Data Modification Times
5505 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5506
5507 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5508 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5509 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5510 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5511 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5512 setting.
5513
5514 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5515 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5516 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5517
5518 @table @option
5519 @opindex touch
5520 @item --touch
5521 @itemx -m
5522 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5523 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5524 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5525 @end table
5526
5527 @node Setting Access Permissions
5528 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5529
5530 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5531 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5532 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5533 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5534 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5535 @option{-x}) operation.
5536
5537 @table @option
5538 @opindex preserve-permissions
5539 @opindex same-permissions
5540 @item --preserve-permissions
5541 @itemx --same-permissions
5542 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5543 @itemx -p
5544 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5545 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5546 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5547 @end table
5548
5549 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5550 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5551
5552 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5553 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5554 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5555 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5556 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5557 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5558 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5559 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5560 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5561 restores directories using the following approach.
5562
5563 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5564 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5565 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5566 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5567 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5568 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5569 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5570 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5571 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5572 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5573 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5574 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5575 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5576 subdirectories in that directory.
5577
5578 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5579 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5580 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5581 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5582 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5583 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5584 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5585 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5586 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5587
5588 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5589 too. Consider the following example:
5590
5591 @smallexample
5592 @group
5593 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5594 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5595 foo/
5596 foo/file1
5597 bar/
5598 bar/file
5599 foo/file2
5600 @end group
5601 @end smallexample
5602
5603 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5604 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5605 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5606 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5607 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5608
5609 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5610 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5611
5612 @table @option
5613 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5614 @item --delay-directory-restore
5615 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5616 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5617 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5618 ordering.
5619
5620 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5621 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5622 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5623 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5624 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5625 temporarily disable it.
5626 @end table
5627
5628 @node Writing to Standard Output
5629 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5630
5631 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5632 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5633 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5634 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5635 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5636 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5637 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5638 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5639 found in the archive.
5640
5641 @table @option
5642 @opindex to-stdout
5643 @item --to-stdout
5644 @itemx -O
5645 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5646 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5647 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5648 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5649 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5650 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5651 (@option{-t}).
5652 @end table
5653
5654 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5655 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5656 it. You can use a command like this:
5657
5658 @smallexample
5659 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5660 @end smallexample
5661
5662 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5663
5664 @smallexample
5665 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5666 @end smallexample
5667
5668 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5669 multiple files. See the next section.
5670
5671 @node Writing to an External Program
5672 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5673
5674 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5675 file to the standard input of an external program:
5676
5677 @table @option
5678 @opindex to-command
5679 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5680 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5681 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5682 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5683 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5684 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5685 for more detail).
5686
5687 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5688 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5689 option is used.
5690 @end table
5691
5692 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5693 from the following environment variables:
5694
5695 @table @env
5696 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5697 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5698 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5699
5700 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5701 @item f @tab Regular file
5702 @item d @tab Directory
5703 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5704 @item h @tab Hard link
5705 @item b @tab Block device
5706 @item c @tab Character device
5707 @end multitable
5708
5709 Currently only regular files are supported.
5710
5711 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5712 @item TAR_MODE
5713 File mode, an octal number.
5714
5715 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5716 @item TAR_FILENAME
5717 The name of the file.
5718
5719 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5720 @item TAR_REALNAME
5721 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5722
5723 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5724 @item TAR_UNAME
5725 Name of the file owner.
5726
5727 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5728 @item TAR_GNAME
5729 Name of the file owner group.
5730
5731 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5732 @item TAR_ATIME
5733 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5734 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5735 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5736 decimal point.
5737
5738 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5739 @item TAR_MTIME
5740 Time of last modification.
5741
5742 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5743 @item TAR_CTIME
5744 Time of last status change.
5745
5746 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5747 @item TAR_SIZE
5748 Size of the file.
5749
5750 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5751 @item TAR_UID
5752 UID of the file owner.
5753
5754 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5755 @item TAR_GID
5756 GID of the file owner.
5757 @end table
5758
5759 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5760 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5761
5762 @table @env
5763 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5764 @item TAR_VERSION
5765 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5766
5767 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5768 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5769 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5770
5771 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5772 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5773 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5774
5775 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5776 @item TAR_VOLUME
5777 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5778
5779 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5780 @item TAR_FORMAT
5781 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5782 list of archive format names.
5783 @end table
5784
5785 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5786 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5787 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5788 could do:
5789
5790 @smallexample
5791 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5792 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5793 @end smallexample
5794
5795 @noindent
5796 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5797 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5798
5799 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5800 an error message similar to the following:
5801
5802 @smallexample
5803 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5804 @end smallexample
5805
5806 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5807
5808 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5809
5810 @table @option
5811 @opindex ignore-command-error
5812 @item --ignore-command-error
5813 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5814 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5815 will be printed even if this option is used.
5816
5817 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5818 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5819 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5820 option. This option is useful if you have set
5821 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5822 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5823 @end table
5824
5825 @node remove files
5826 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5827
5828 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5829 maybe?}
5830
5831 @table @option
5832 @opindex remove-files
5833 @item --remove-files
5834 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5835 @end table
5836
5837 @node Scarce
5838 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5839 @UNREVISED
5840
5841 @cindex Small memory
5842 @cindex Running out of space
5843
5844 @menu
5845 * Starting File::
5846 * Same Order::
5847 @end menu
5848
5849 @node Starting File
5850 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5851
5852 @table @option
5853 @opindex starting-file
5854 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5855 @itemx -K @var{name}
5856 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5857 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5858 @end table
5859
5860 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5861 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5862 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5863 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5864 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5865 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5866 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5867 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5868 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5869 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5870
5871 @node Same Order
5872 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5873
5874 @table @option
5875 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5876 @opindex same-order
5877 @opindex preserve-order
5878 @item --same-order
5879 @itemx --preserve-order
5880 @itemx -s
5881 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5882 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5883 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5884 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5885 @end table
5886
5887 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5888 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5889 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5890 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5891 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5892 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5893
5894 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5895
5896 @node backup
5897 @section Backup options
5898
5899 @cindex backup options
5900
5901 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5902 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5903 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5904 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5905 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5906 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5907
5908 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5909 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5910 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5911 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5912 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5913 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5914 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5915 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5916 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5917 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5918
5919 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5920 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5921 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5922 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5923 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5924 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5925 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5926 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5927 refers to a remote file.
5928
5929 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5930 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5931 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5932 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5933 file are kept.
5934
5935 @table @samp
5936 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5937 @opindex backup
5938 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5939 @cindex backups
5940 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5941 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5942
5943 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5944 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5945 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5946 use the @samp{existing} method.
5947
5948 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5949 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5950 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5951 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5952
5953 @table @samp
5954 @item t
5955 @itemx numbered
5956 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5957 Always make numbered backups.
5958
5959 @item nil
5960 @itemx existing
5961 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5962 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5963 of the others.
5964
5965 @item never
5966 @itemx simple
5967 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5968 Always make simple backups.
5969
5970 @end table
5971
5972 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5973 @opindex suffix
5974 @cindex backup suffix
5975 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5976 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5977 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5978 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5979 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5980
5981 @end table
5982
5983 @node Applications
5984 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5985 @UNREVISED
5986
5987 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5988 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5989 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5990
5991 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5992
5993 @findex uuencode
5994 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5995 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5996 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5997 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5998 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5999 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
6000 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
6001 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
6002
6003 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
6004 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
6005 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
6006 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
6007
6008 @smallexample
6009 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
6010 @end smallexample
6011
6012 @noindent
6013 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
6014
6015 @smallexample
6016 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
6017 @end smallexample
6018
6019 @noindent
6020 The command also works using long option forms:
6021
6022 @smallexample
6023 @group
6024 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
6025 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
6026 @end group
6027 @end smallexample
6028
6029 @noindent
6030 or
6031
6032 @smallexample
6033 @group
6034 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
6035 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
6036 @end group
6037 @end smallexample
6038
6039 @noindent
6040 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
6041
6042 @node looking ahead
6043 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
6044
6045 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
6046 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
6047 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
6048 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
6049 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
6050 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
6051 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
6052 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
6053 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
6054 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
6055
6056 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
6057 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
6058 @xref{files}.
6059
6060 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
6061 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
6062
6063 @node Backups
6064 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
6065 @cindex backups
6066
6067 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
6068 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
6069 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
6070 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
6071 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
6072
6073 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
6074 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
6075 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
6076 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
6077
6078 @FIXME{
6079
6080 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
6081 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
6082 distribution.
6083
6084 @itemize @bullet
6085 @item dumps
6086 @itemize @minus
6087 @item what are dumps
6088 @item different levels of dumps
6089 @itemize +
6090 @item full dump = dump everything
6091 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
6092 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
6093 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
6094 @end itemize
6095 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
6096 @itemize +
6097 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
6098 @end itemize
6099 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
6100 @itemize +
6101 @item how to customize
6102 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
6103 @end itemize
6104 @item Problems
6105 @itemize +
6106 @item rsh doesn't work
6107 @item rtape isn't installed
6108 @item (others?)
6109 @end itemize
6110 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
6111 @item tapes
6112 @itemize +
6113 @item write protection
6114 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
6115 @item files and tape marks
6116 one tape mark between files, two at end.
6117 @item positioning the tape
6118 MT writes two at end of write,
6119 backspaces over one when writing again.
6120 @end itemize
6121 @end itemize
6122 @end itemize
6123 }
6124
6125 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
6126 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
6127
6128 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
6129 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
6130 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
6131 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
6132 called @dfn{dumps}.
6133
6134 @menu
6135 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6136 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6137 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
6138 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6139 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
6140 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
6141 @end menu
6142
6143 @node Full Dumps
6144 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6145 @UNREVISED
6146
6147 @cindex full dumps
6148 @cindex dumps, full
6149
6150 @cindex corrupted archives
6151 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6152 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6153 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6154 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6155 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6156 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6157
6158 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6159 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6160 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6161 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6162
6163 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6164 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6165 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6166
6167 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6168 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6169 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6170 (sub)directories.
6171
6172 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6173 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6174 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6175 done onto a completely
6176 empty disk.
6177
6178 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6179 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6180 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6181 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6182 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6183 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6184
6185 @node Incremental Dumps
6186 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6187
6188 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6189 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6190 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6191
6192 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6193 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6194 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6195
6196 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6197 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6198 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6199 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6200 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6201 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6202 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6203 to the option:
6204
6205 @table @option
6206 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6207 @itemx -g @var{file}
6208 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6209 @end table
6210
6211 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6212 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6213 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6214
6215 @smallexample
6216 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6217 --file=archive.1.tar \
6218 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6219 /usr}
6220 @end smallexample
6221
6222 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6223 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6224 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6225 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6226 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6227
6228 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6229 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6230 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6231 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6232 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6233
6234 @smallexample
6235 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6236 /usr/local/db/data
6237 /usr/local/db/index
6238 @end smallexample
6239
6240 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6241 then see:
6242
6243 @smallexample
6244 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6245 --file=archive.2.tar \
6246 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6247 /usr}
6248 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6249 usr/local/db/
6250 usr/local/db/data
6251 usr/local/db/index
6252 @end smallexample
6253
6254 @noindent
6255 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6256 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6257 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6258 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6259 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6260 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6261
6262 @smallexample
6263 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6264 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6265 --file=archive.2.tar \
6266 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6267 /usr}
6268 @end smallexample
6269
6270 @anchor{--level=0}
6271 @xopindex{level, described}
6272 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6273 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6274 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6275
6276 @smallexample
6277 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6278 --file=archive.2.tar \
6279 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6280 --level=0 \
6281 /usr}
6282 @end smallexample
6283
6284 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6285 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6286 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6287 backwards.
6288
6289 @anchor{device numbers}
6290 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6291 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6292 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6293 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6294 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6295 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6296 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6297 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6298 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6299 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6300
6301 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6302 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6303 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6304 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6305
6306 @table @option
6307 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6308 @item --no-check-device
6309 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6310 for an incremental dump.
6311
6312 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6313 @item --check-device
6314 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6315 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6316 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6317 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6318 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6319 @end table
6320
6321 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6322 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6323
6324 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6325 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6326
6327 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6328 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6329 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6330 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6331 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6332 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6333 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6334 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6335 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6336 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6337 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6338 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6339 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6340 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6341
6342 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6343 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6344 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6345 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6346 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6347 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6348 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6349 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6350 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6351 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6352 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6353
6354 @smallexample
6355 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6356 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6357 --file archive.1.tar}
6358 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6359 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6360 --file archive.2.tar}
6361 @end smallexample
6362
6363 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6364 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6365 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6366 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6367 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6368 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6369 scripts.
6370
6371 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6372 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6373 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6374 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6375 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6376 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6377 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6378 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6379 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6380 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6381
6382 @smallexample
6383 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6384 @end smallexample
6385
6386 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6387 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6388 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6389 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6390
6391 @smallexample
6392 @var{x} @var{file}
6393 @end smallexample
6394
6395 @noindent
6396 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6397 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6398 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6399 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6400 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6401 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6402 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6403
6404 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6405 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6406 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6407 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6408 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6409 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6410
6411 @node Backup Levels
6412 @section Levels of Backups
6413
6414 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6415 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6416 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6417 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6418 are daily re-archived.
6419
6420 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6421 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6422 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6423 dump.
6424
6425 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6426 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6427 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6428 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6429 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6430 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6431 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6432 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6433
6434 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6435 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6436 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6437 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6438 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6439
6440 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6441 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6442 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6443 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6444 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6445 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6446
6447 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6448 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6449 their use in detail.
6450
6451 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6452 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6453 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6454 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6455 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6456 making such an attempt.
6457
6458 @node Backup Parameters
6459 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6460
6461 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6462 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6463 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6464 before using these scripts.
6465
6466 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6467 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6468 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6469 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6470 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6471 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6472 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6473 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6474
6475 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6476 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6477
6478 @menu
6479 * General-Purpose Variables::
6480 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6481 * User Hooks::
6482 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6483 @end menu
6484
6485 @node General-Purpose Variables
6486 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6487
6488 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6489 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6490 sends a backup report to this address.
6491 @end defvr
6492
6493 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6494 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6495 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6496 or the string @samp{now}.
6497
6498 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6499 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6500 @end defvr
6501
6502 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6503
6504 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6505 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6506 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6507 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6508 invocations of @command{mt}.
6509 @end defvr
6510
6511 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6512
6513 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6514 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6515 @end defvr
6516
6517 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6518
6519 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6520 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6521 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6522 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6523 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6524
6525 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6526 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6527 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6528 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6529 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6530 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6531 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6532 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6533 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6534
6535 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6536 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6537 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6538 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6539 @end defvr
6540
6541 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6542
6543 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6544 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6545 @end defvr
6546
6547 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6548
6549 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6550 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6551 which the backup script is run.
6552
6553 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6554 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6555 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6556 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6557 @end defvr
6558
6559 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6560
6561 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6562 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6563 @end defvr
6564
6565 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6566
6567 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6568 @end defvr
6569
6570 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6571 @anchor{RSH}
6572 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6573 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6574 to use public key authentication.
6575 @end defvr
6576
6577 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6578
6579 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6580 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6581 of @GNUTAR{}.
6582 @end defvr
6583
6584 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6585
6586 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6587 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6588 @end defvr
6589
6590 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6591
6592 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6593 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6594 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6595 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6596 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6597 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6598
6599 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6600 @end defvr
6601
6602 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6603
6604 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6605
6606 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6607 @end defvr
6608
6609 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6610
6611 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6612 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6613 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6614 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6615 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6616
6617 @end defvr
6618
6619 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6620
6621 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6622 this will just be some literal text.
6623 @end defvr
6624
6625 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6626
6627 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6628 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6629 @end defvr
6630
6631 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6632 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6633
6634 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6635 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6636 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6637
6638 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6639 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6640 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6641
6642 @smallexample
6643 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6644
6645 mt_begin() @{
6646 mt -f "$1" retension
6647 @}
6648 @end smallexample
6649 @end defvr
6650
6651 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6652 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6653 follows:
6654
6655 @smallexample
6656 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6657
6658 mt_rewind() @{
6659 mt -f "$1" rewind
6660 @}
6661 @end smallexample
6662
6663 @end defvr
6664
6665 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6666 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6667 it is defined as follows:
6668
6669 @smallexample
6670 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6671
6672 mt_offline() @{
6673 mt -f "$1" offl
6674 @}
6675 @end smallexample
6676 @end defvr
6677
6678 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6679 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6680 including error count. Default definition:
6681
6682 @smallexample
6683 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6684
6685 mt_status() @{
6686 mt -f "$1" status
6687 @}
6688 @end smallexample
6689 @end defvr
6690
6691 @node User Hooks
6692 @subsection User Hooks
6693
6694 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6695 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6696 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6697 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6698 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6699 taking four arguments:
6700
6701 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6702 Its arguments are:
6703
6704 @table @var
6705 @item level
6706 Current backup or restore level.
6707
6708 @item host
6709 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6710
6711 @item fs
6712 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6713
6714 @item fsname
6715 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6716 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6717 @end table
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6721
6722 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6723 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6724 @end defvr
6725
6726 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6727 Executed after dumping the file system.
6728 @end defvr
6729
6730 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6731 Executed before restoring the file system.
6732 @end defvr
6733
6734 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6735 Executed after restoring the file system.
6736 @end defvr
6737
6738 @node backup-specs example
6739 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6740
6741 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6742
6743 @smallexample
6744 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6745
6746 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6747 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6748 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6749
6750 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6751 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6752 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6753
6754 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6755 my_status() @{
6756 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6757 @}
6758 MT_STATUS=my_status
6759
6760 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6761 MT_OFFLINE=:
6762
6763 BLOCKING=124
6764 BACKUP_DIRS="
6765 albert:/fs/fsf
6766 apple-gunkies:/gd
6767 albert:/fs/gd2
6768 albert:/fs/gp
6769 geech:/usr/jla
6770 churchy:/usr/roland
6771 albert:/
6772 albert:/usr
6773 apple-gunkies:/
6774 apple-gunkies:/usr
6775 gnu:/hack
6776 gnu:/u
6777 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6778 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6779
6780 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6781
6782 @end smallexample
6783
6784 @node Scripted Backups
6785 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6786
6787 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6788
6789 @smallexample
6790 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6791 @end smallexample
6792
6793 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6794 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6795 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6796 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6797 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6798 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6799 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6800 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6801 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6802 create a level one dump.}.
6803
6804 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6805 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6806
6807 @table @asis
6808 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6809
6810 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6811
6812 @item @var{hh}
6813
6814 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6815
6816 @item now
6817
6818 The dump must be run immediately.
6819 @end table
6820
6821 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6822 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6823 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6824 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6825 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6826 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6827 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6828 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6829 Restoration}).
6830
6831 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6832 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6833 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6834 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6835 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6836 file.
6837
6838 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6839 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6840 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6841 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6842 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6843 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6844 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6845
6846 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6847 standard output.
6848
6849 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6850 script:
6851
6852 @table @option
6853 @item -l @var{level}
6854 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6855 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6856
6857 @item -f
6858 @itemx --force
6859 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6860
6861 @item -v[@var{level}]
6862 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6863 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6864 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6865 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6866
6867 @item -t @var{start-time}
6868 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6869 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6870
6871 @item -h
6872 @itemx --help
6873 Display short help message and exit.
6874
6875 @item -V
6876 @itemx --version
6877 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6878 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6879 @end table
6880
6881
6882 @node Scripted Restoration
6883 @section Using the Restore Script
6884
6885 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6886 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6887 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6888 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6889 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6890
6891 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6892 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6893 line. For example, running
6894
6895 @smallexample
6896 restore 'albert:*'
6897 @end smallexample
6898
6899 @noindent
6900 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6901 complicated example:
6902
6903 @smallexample
6904 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6905 @end smallexample
6906
6907 @noindent
6908 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6909 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6910
6911 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6912 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6913 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6914 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6915 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6916 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6917
6918 @smallexample
6919 restore --level=1
6920 @end smallexample
6921
6922 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6923
6924 @table @option
6925 @item -a
6926 @itemx --all
6927 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6928
6929 @item -l @var{level}
6930 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6931 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6932
6933 @item -v[@var{level}]
6934 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6935 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6936 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6937 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6938
6939 @item -h
6940 @itemx --help
6941 Display short help message and exit.
6942
6943 @item -V
6944 @itemx --version
6945 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6946 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6947 @end table
6948
6949 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6950 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6951 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6952 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6953 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6954 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6955 positioning.
6956
6957 @quotation
6958 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6959 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6960 @end quotation
6961
6962 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6963 that determination.
6964
6965 @node Choosing
6966 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6967
6968 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6969 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6970 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6971 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6972 are in specified directories.
6973
6974 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6975
6976 @menu
6977 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6978 * Selecting Archive Members::
6979 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6980 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6981 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6982 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6983 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6984 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6985 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6986 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6987 @end menu
6988
6989 @node file
6990 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6991
6992 @cindex Naming an archive
6993 @cindex Archive Name
6994 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6995 @cindex Where is the archive?
6996 @opindex file
6997 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6998 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6999 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
7000 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
7001 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
7002 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
7003 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
7004 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
7005 instead of the default archive file location.
7006
7007 @table @option
7008 @xopindex{file, short description}
7009 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
7010 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
7011 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
7012 any operation.
7013 @end table
7014
7015 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
7016
7017 @smallexample
7018 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
7019 @end smallexample
7020
7021 @noindent
7022 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
7023 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
7024 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
7025 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
7026 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
7027 for the archive name.
7028
7029 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
7030 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
7031 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
7032
7033 @cindex Writing new archives
7034 @cindex Archive creation
7035 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
7036 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
7037 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
7038 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
7039
7040 @cindex Standard input and output
7041 @cindex tar to standard input and output
7042 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
7043 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
7044 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
7045 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
7046 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
7047 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
7048
7049 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
7050 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
7051
7052 @smallexample
7053 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
7054 @end smallexample
7055
7056 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
7057
7058 @smallexample
7059 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
7060 @end smallexample
7061
7062 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
7063 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
7064 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
7065 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
7066 of the extracted files.
7067
7068 @cindex Remote devices
7069 @cindex tar to a remote device
7070 @anchor{remote-dev}
7071 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
7072 use the following:
7073
7074 @smallexample
7075 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
7076 @end smallexample
7077
7078 @noindent
7079 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
7080 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
7081 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
7082 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
7083 as the username on the remote machine.
7084
7085 @cindex Local and remote archives
7086 @anchor{local and remote archives}
7087 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
7088 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
7089 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
7090 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
7091 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
7092 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
7093 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
7094 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
7095 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
7096 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
7097 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
7098 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
7099 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
7100 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
7101
7102 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
7103 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
7104 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
7105 uses this feature.
7106
7107 @node Selecting Archive Members
7108 @section Selecting Archive Members
7109 @cindex Specifying files to act on
7110 @cindex Specifying archive members
7111
7112 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
7113 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
7114 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
7115 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
7116
7117 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
7118 the command line, as follows:
7119 @smallexample
7120 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
7121 @end smallexample
7122
7123 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
7124 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
7125 option.
7126
7127 @anchor{input name quoting}
7128 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
7129 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
7130 table:
7131
7132 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
7133 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
7134 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
7135 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
7136 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
7137 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
7138 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
7139 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
7140 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
7141 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
7142 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
7143 of up to 3 digits)
7144 @end multitable
7145
7146 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7147
7148 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7149 option:
7150
7151 @table @option
7152 @opindex unquote
7153 @item --unquote
7154 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7155
7156 @opindex no-unquote
7157 @item --no-unquote
7158 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7159 @end table
7160
7161 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7162 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7163
7164 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7165 on the operation mode as described below:
7166
7167 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7168 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7169
7170 @smallexample
7171 @group
7172 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7173 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7174 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7175 @end group
7176 @end smallexample
7177
7178 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7179 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7180 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7181
7182 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7183 the contents of the current working directory.
7184
7185 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7186
7187 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7188 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7189 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7190 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7191 of files and archive members.
7192
7193 @node files
7194 @section Reading Names from a File
7195
7196 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7197 @cindex Lists of file names
7198 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7199 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7200 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7201 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7202 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7203 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7204 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7205 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7206 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7207 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7208
7209 @table @option
7210 @opindex files-from
7211 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7212 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7213 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7214 @end table
7215
7216 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7217 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7218 names are read from standard input.
7219
7220 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7221 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7222 command.
7223
7224 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7225
7226 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7227 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7228 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7229 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7230 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7231 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7232 more information.)
7233
7234 @smallexample
7235 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7236 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7237 @end smallexample
7238
7239 @noindent
7240 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7241 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7242 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7243 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7244 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7245 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7246 specifying @option{-C} option:
7247
7248 @smallexample
7249 @group
7250 $ @kbd{cat list}
7251 -C/etc
7252 passwd
7253 hosts
7254 -C/lib
7255 libc.a
7256 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7257 @end group
7258 @end smallexample
7259
7260 @noindent
7261 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7262 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7263 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7264 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7265 contain:
7266
7267 @smallexample
7268 @group
7269 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7270 passwd
7271 hosts
7272 libc.a
7273 @end group
7274 @end smallexample
7275
7276 @opindex add-file
7277 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7278 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7279 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7280
7281 @menu
7282 * nul::
7283 @end menu
7284
7285 @node nul
7286 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7287
7288 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7289 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7290 The @option{--null} option causes
7291 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7292 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7293 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7294 @option{--files-from}.
7295
7296 @table @option
7297 @xopindex{null, described}
7298 @item --null
7299 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7300 terminate in a newline.
7301
7302 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7303 @item --no-null
7304 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7305 @end table
7306
7307 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7308 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7309 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7310 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7311 file names that begin with dash.
7312
7313 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7314 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7315 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7316 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7317 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7318 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7319 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7320 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7321 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7322
7323 @smallexample
7324 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7325 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7326 @end smallexample
7327
7328 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7329 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7330 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7331 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7332
7333 @smallexample
7334 @group
7335 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7336 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7337 @end group
7338 @end smallexample
7339
7340 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7341 very long lines.
7342
7343 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7344 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7345 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7346 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7347 actually given:
7348
7349 @smallexample
7350 @group
7351 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7352 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7353 @end group
7354 @end smallexample
7355
7356 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7357 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7358 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7359 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7360
7361 @node exclude
7362 @section Excluding Some Files
7363
7364 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7365 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7366 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7367 @opindex exclude
7368 @opindex exclude-from
7369 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7370 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7371
7372 @table @option
7373 @opindex exclude
7374 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7375 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7376 @end table
7377
7378 @findex exclude
7379 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7380 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7381 being operated on.
7382 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7383 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7384 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7385
7386 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7387
7388 @table @option
7389 @opindex exclude-from
7390 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7391 @itemx -X @var{file}
7392 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7393 @var{file}.
7394 @end table
7395
7396 @findex exclude-from
7397 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7398 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7399 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7400 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7401 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7402 added to the archive.
7403
7404 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7405 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7406 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7407
7408 However, empty lines are OK.
7409
7410 @cindex VCS, excluding patterns from ignore files
7411 @cindex VCS, ignore files
7412 @cindex CVS, ignore files
7413 @cindex Git, ignore files
7414 @cindex Bazaar, ignore files
7415 @cindex Mercurial, ignore files
7416 When archiving directories that are under some version control system (VCS),
7417 it is often convenient to read exclusion patterns from this VCS'
7418 ignore files (e.g. @file{.cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore}, etc.) The
7419 following options provide such possibilty:
7420
7421 @table @option
7422 @anchor{exclude-vcs-ignores}
7423 @opindex exclude-vcs-ignores
7424 @item --exclude-vcs-ignores
7425 Before archiving a directory, see if it contains any of the following
7426 files: @file{cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore}, @file{.bzrignore}, or
7427 @file{.hgignore}. If so, read ignore patterns from these files.
7428
7429 The patterns are treated much as the corresponding VCS would treat
7430 them, i.e.:
7431
7432 @table @file
7433 @findex .cvsignore
7434 @item .cvsignore
7435 Contains shell-style globbing patterns that apply only to the
7436 directory where this file resides. No comments are allowed in the
7437 file. Empty lines are ignored.
7438
7439 @findex .gitignore
7440 @item .gitignore
7441 Contains shell-style globbing patterns. Applies to the directory
7442 where @file{.gitfile} is located and all its subdirectories.
7443
7444 Any line beginning with a @samp{#} is a comment. Backslash escapes
7445 the comment character.
7446
7447 @findex .bzrignore
7448 @item .bzrignore
7449 Contains shell globbing-patterns and regular expressions (if prefixed
7450 with @samp{RE:}@footnote{According to the Bazaar docs,
7451 globbing-patterns are Korn-shell style and regular expressions are
7452 perl-style. As of @GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION}, these are
7453 treated as shell-style globs and posix extended regexps. This will be
7454 fixed in future releases.}. Patterns affect the directory and all its
7455 subdirectories.
7456
7457 Any line beginning with a @samp{#} is a comment.
7458
7459 @findex .hgignore
7460 @item .hgignore
7461 Contains posix regular expressions@footnote{Support for perl-style
7462 regexps will appear in future releases.}. The line @samp{syntax:
7463 glob} switches to shell globbing patterns. The line @samp{syntax:
7464 regexp} switches back. Comments begin with a @samp{#}. Patterns
7465 affect the directory and all its subdirectories.
7466 @end table
7467
7468 @opindex exclude-ignore
7469 @item --exclude-ignore=@var{file}
7470 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
7471 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
7472 The patterns affect only the directory itself.
7473
7474 @opindex exclude-ignore-recursive
7475 @item --exclude-ignore-recursive=@var{file}
7476 Same as @option{--exclude-ignore}, except that the patterns read
7477 affect both the directory where @var{file} resides and all its
7478 subdirectories.
7479 @end table
7480
7481 @table @option
7482 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7483 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7484 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7485 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7486 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7487 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7488 @cindex git, excluding files
7489 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7490 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7491 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7492 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7493 @anchor{exclude-vcs}
7494 @opindex exclude-vcs
7495 @item --exclude-vcs
7496 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7497 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7498 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7499
7500 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7501
7502 @itemize @bullet
7503 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7504 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7505 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7506 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7507 @item @file{.gitignore}
7508 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7509 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7510 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7511 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7512 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7513 @item @file{=meta-update}
7514 @item @file{=update}
7515 @item @file{.bzr}
7516 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7517 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7518 @item @file{.hg}
7519 @item @file{.hgignore}
7520 @item @file{.hgrags}
7521 @item @file{_darcs}
7522 @end itemize
7523
7524 @opindex exclude-backups
7525 @item --exclude-backups
7526 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7527 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7528
7529 @table @asis
7530 @item .#*
7531 @item *~
7532 @item #*#
7533 @end table
7534
7535 @end table
7536
7537 @findex exclude-caches
7538 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7539 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7540 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7541 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7542 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7543 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7544 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7545 more easily excluded from backups.
7546
7547 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7548 exclusion semantics:
7549
7550 @table @option
7551 @opindex exclude-caches
7552 @item --exclude-caches
7553 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7554 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7555
7556 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7557 @item --exclude-caches-under
7558 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7559 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7560
7561 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7562 @item --exclude-caches-all
7563 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7564 @end table
7565
7566 @findex exclude-tag
7567 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7568 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7569 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7570 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7571 option family:
7572
7573 @table @option
7574 @opindex exclude-tag
7575 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7576 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7577 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7578
7579 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7580 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7581 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7582 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7583
7584 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7585 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7586 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7587 @end table
7588
7589 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7590
7591 For example, given this directory:
7592
7593 @smallexample
7594 @group
7595 $ @kbd{find dir}
7596 dir
7597 dir/blues
7598 dir/jazz
7599 dir/folk
7600 dir/folk/tagfile
7601 dir/folk/sanjuan
7602 dir/folk/trote
7603 @end group
7604 @end smallexample
7605
7606 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7607
7608 @smallexample
7609 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7610 dir/
7611 dir/blues
7612 dir/jazz
7613 dir/folk/
7614 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7615 contents not dumped
7616 dir/folk/tagfile
7617 @end smallexample
7618
7619 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7620 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7621
7622 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7623 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7624 itself, as shown in this example:
7625
7626 @smallexample
7627 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7628 dir/
7629 dir/blues
7630 dir/jazz
7631 dir/folk/
7632 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7633 contents not dumped
7634 @end smallexample
7635
7636 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7637 directory entirely:
7638
7639 @smallexample
7640 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7641 dir/
7642 dir/blues
7643 dir/jazz
7644 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7645 directory not dumped
7646 @end smallexample
7647
7648 @menu
7649 * problems with exclude::
7650 @end menu
7651
7652 @node problems with exclude
7653 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7654
7655 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7656 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7657 pitfalls:
7658
7659 @itemize @bullet
7660 @item
7661 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7662 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7663 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7664 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7665 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7666 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7667
7668 @item
7669 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7670 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7671 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7672 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7673 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7674 zero, one, or many files.
7675
7676 @item
7677 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7678 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7679 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7680 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7681 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7682 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7683
7684 For example, write:
7685
7686 @smallexample
7687 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7688 @end smallexample
7689
7690 @noindent
7691 rather than:
7692
7693 @smallexample
7694 # @emph{Wrong!}
7695 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7696 @end smallexample
7697
7698 @item
7699 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7700 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7701 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7702 might fail.
7703
7704 @item
7705 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7706 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7707 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7708 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7709 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7710 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7711 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7712 file.
7713
7714 @end itemize
7715
7716 @node wildcards
7717 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7718
7719 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7720 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7721 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7722 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7723 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7724 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7725 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7726
7727 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7728
7729 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7730 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7731 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7732 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7733 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7734 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7735 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7736 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7737 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7738
7739 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7740 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7741 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7742 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7743 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7744 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7745 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7746 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7747 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7748 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7749
7750 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7751 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7752 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7753 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7754 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7755 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7756
7757 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7758 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7759 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7760 @var{e}, inclusive.
7761
7762 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7763 who don't have dan around.}
7764
7765 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7766 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7767 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7768 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7769
7770 @menu
7771 * controlling pattern-matching::
7772 @end menu
7773
7774 @node controlling pattern-matching
7775 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7776
7777 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7778 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7779 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7780 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7781 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7782
7783 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7784 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7785 @option{--update}.
7786
7787 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7788 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7789 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7790
7791 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7792 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7793 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7794 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7795 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7796 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7797
7798 @smallexample
7799 @group
7800 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7801 a.c
7802 b.c
7803 a.txt
7804 [remarks]
7805 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7806 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7807 [remarks]
7808 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7809 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7810 a.txt
7811 [remarks]
7812 @end group
7813 @end smallexample
7814
7815 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7816
7817 @table @option
7818 @opindex wildcards
7819 @item --wildcards
7820 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7821
7822 @opindex no-wildcards
7823 @item --no-wildcards
7824 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7825 @end table
7826
7827 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7828
7829 @smallexample
7830 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7831 a.c
7832 b.c
7833 @end smallexample
7834
7835 @noindent
7836 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7837 it.
7838
7839 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7840 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7841 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7842 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7843
7844 @smallexample
7845 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7846 @end smallexample
7847
7848 @noindent
7849 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7850 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7851
7852 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7853 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7854 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7855 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7856
7857 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7858 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7859 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7860 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7861
7862 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7863 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7864
7865 @smallexample
7866 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7867 @end smallexample
7868
7869 @noindent
7870 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7871 @samp{readme}.
7872
7873 @table @option
7874 @opindex anchored
7875 @opindex no-anchored
7876 @item --anchored
7877 @itemx --no-anchored
7878 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7879 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7880 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7881 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7882
7883 @opindex ignore-case
7884 @opindex no-ignore-case
7885 @item --ignore-case
7886 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7887 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7888 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7889
7890 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7891 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7892 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7893 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7894 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7895 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7896 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7897
7898 @end table
7899
7900 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7901 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7902 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7903 the name's parent directories.
7904
7905 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7906
7907 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7908 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7909 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7910 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7911 @end multitable
7912
7913 @node quoting styles
7914 @section Quoting Member Names
7915
7916 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7917 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7918 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7919
7920 @itemize @bullet
7921 @item Non-printable control characters:
7922 @anchor{escape sequences}
7923 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7924 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7925 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7926 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7927 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7928 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7929 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7930 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7931 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7932 @end multitable
7933
7934 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7935
7936 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7937
7938 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7939 @end itemize
7940
7941 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7942 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7943 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7944 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7945 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7946 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7947
7948 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7949 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7950
7951 @table @option
7952 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7953 @opindex quoting-style
7954
7955 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7956 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7957 @end table
7958
7959 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7960 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7961 containing the following members:
7962
7963 @smallexample
7964 @group
7965 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7966 a tab
7967 # 2. Contains newline character
7968 a
7969 newline
7970 # 3. Contains a space
7971 a space
7972 # 4. Contains double quotes
7973 a"double"quote
7974 # 5. Contains single quotes
7975 a'single'quote
7976 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7977 a\backslash
7978 @end group
7979 @end smallexample
7980
7981 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7982 had existed in the current working directory:
7983
7984 @smallexample
7985 @group
7986 $ @kbd{ls}
7987 a\ttab
7988 a\nnewline
7989 a\ space
7990 a"double"quote
7991 a'single'quote
7992 a\\backslash
7993 @end group
7994 @end smallexample
7995
7996 Quoting styles:
7997
7998 @table @samp
7999 @item literal
8000 No quoting, display each character as is:
8001
8002 @smallexample
8003 @group
8004 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
8005 ./
8006 ./a space
8007 ./a'single'quote
8008 ./a"double"quote
8009 ./a\backslash
8010 ./a tab
8011 ./a
8012 newline
8013 @end group
8014 @end smallexample
8015
8016 @item shell
8017 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
8018 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
8019 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
8020 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
8021 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
8022 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
8023
8024 @smallexample
8025 @group
8026 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
8027 ./
8028 './a space'
8029 './a'\''single'\''quote'
8030 './a"double"quote'
8031 './a\backslash'
8032 './a tab'
8033 './a
8034 newline'
8035 @end group
8036 @end smallexample
8037
8038 @item shell-always
8039 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
8040 quotes:
8041
8042 @smallexample
8043 @group
8044 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
8045 './'
8046 './a space'
8047 './a'\''single'\''quote'
8048 './a"double"quote'
8049 './a\backslash'
8050 './a tab'
8051 './a
8052 newline'
8053 @end group
8054 @end smallexample
8055
8056 @item c
8057 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
8058 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
8059 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
8060 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
8061 spaces are not quoted:
8062
8063 @smallexample
8064 @group
8065 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
8066 "./"
8067 "./a space"
8068 "./a'single'quote"
8069 "./a\"double\"quote"
8070 "./a\\backslash"
8071 "./a\ttab"
8072 "./a\nnewline"
8073 @end group
8074 @end smallexample
8075
8076 @item escape
8077 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
8078 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
8079 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
8080 package.
8081
8082 @smallexample
8083 @group
8084 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
8085 ./
8086 ./a space
8087 ./a'single'quote
8088 ./a"double"quote
8089 ./a\\backslash
8090 ./a\ttab
8091 ./a\nnewline
8092 @end group
8093 @end smallexample
8094
8095 @item locale
8096 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
8097 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
8098 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
8099 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
8100 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
8101 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
8102
8103 For example:
8104
8105 @smallexample
8106 @group
8107 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
8108 './'
8109 './a space'
8110 './a\'single\'quote'
8111 './a"double"quote'
8112 './a\\backslash'
8113 './a\ttab'
8114 './a\nnewline'
8115 @end group
8116 @end smallexample
8117
8118 @item clocale
8119 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
8120 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
8121
8122 @smallexample
8123 @group
8124 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
8125 "./"
8126 "./a space"
8127 "./a'single'quote"
8128 "./a\"double\"quote"
8129 "./a\\backslash"
8130 "./a\ttab"
8131 "./a\nnewline"
8132 @end group
8133 @end smallexample
8134 @end table
8135
8136 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
8137 implied by the current quoting style:
8138
8139 @table @option
8140 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
8141 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
8142 quoting style would not quote them.
8143 @end table
8144
8145 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
8146 escape listing above):
8147
8148 @smallexample
8149 @group
8150 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
8151 ./
8152 ./a\ space
8153 ./a'single'quote
8154 ./a\"double\"quote
8155 ./a\\backslash
8156 ./a\ttab
8157 ./a\nnewline
8158 @end group
8159 @end smallexample
8160
8161 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
8162 option:
8163
8164 @table @option
8165 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
8166 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
8167 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
8168 @end table
8169
8170 This option is particularly useful if you have added
8171 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
8172 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
8173
8174 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
8175 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
8176
8177 @node transform
8178 @section Modifying File and Member Names
8179
8180 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
8181 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
8182 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
8183 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
8184 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
8185 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
8186 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8187
8188 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8189 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8190 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8191 special option for handling them, which is described in
8192 @ref{absolute}.
8193
8194 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8195 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8196 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8197 archive.
8198
8199 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8200
8201 @table @option
8202 @opindex strip-components
8203 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8204 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8205 extraction.
8206 @end table
8207
8208 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8209 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8210 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8211 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8212
8213 @smallexample
8214 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8215 @end smallexample
8216
8217 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8218 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8219 name.
8220
8221 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8222 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8223 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8224 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8225 altering this behavior:
8226
8227 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8228 @table @option
8229 @opindex show-transformed-names
8230 @item --show-transformed-names
8231 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8232 applied.
8233 @end table
8234
8235 @noindent
8236 For example:
8237
8238 @smallexample
8239 @group
8240 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8241 usr/include/stdlib.h
8242 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8243 stdlib.h
8244 @end group
8245 @end smallexample
8246
8247 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8248 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8249 only the way its name is displayed.
8250
8251 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8252 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8253
8254 @smallexample
8255 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8256 @end smallexample
8257
8258 @noindent
8259 it is often advisable to run
8260
8261 @smallexample
8262 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8263 @end smallexample
8264
8265 @noindent
8266 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8267
8268 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8269 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8270
8271 @table @option
8272 @opindex transform
8273 @opindex xform
8274 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8275 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8276 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8277 @end table
8278
8279 @noindent
8280 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8281 form:
8282
8283 @smallexample
8284 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8285 @end smallexample
8286
8287 @noindent
8288 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8289 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8290 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8291 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8292
8293 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8294 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8295 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8296
8297 @smallexample
8298 @group
8299 s/one/two/
8300 s,one,two,
8301 @end group
8302 @end smallexample
8303
8304 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8305 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8306 @code{s/\//-/}.
8307
8308 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8309 separated by a semicolon.
8310
8311 Supported @var{flags} are:
8312
8313 @table @samp
8314 @item g
8315 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8316 just the first.
8317
8318 @item i
8319 Use case-insensitive matching.
8320
8321 @item x
8322 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8323 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8324 sed, GNU sed}).
8325
8326 @item @var{number}
8327 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8328
8329 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8330 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8331 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8332 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8333 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8334 @var{number}th on.
8335
8336 @end table
8337
8338 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8339 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8340
8341 @table @samp
8342 @item r
8343 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8344
8345 @item R
8346 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8347
8348 @item s
8349 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8350
8351 @item S
8352 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8353
8354 @item h
8355 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8356
8357 @item H
8358 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8359 @end table
8360
8361 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8362 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8363
8364 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8365 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8366 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8367 occurs first. For example:
8368
8369 @smallexample
8370 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8371 @end smallexample
8372
8373 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8374
8375 @enumerate
8376 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8377
8378 @smallexample
8379 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8380 @end smallexample
8381
8382 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8383 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8384
8385 @smallexample
8386 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8387 @end smallexample
8388
8389 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8390
8391 @smallexample
8392 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8393 @end smallexample
8394
8395 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8396
8397 @smallexample
8398 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8399 @end smallexample
8400
8401 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8402 to each archive member:
8403
8404 @smallexample
8405 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8406 @end smallexample
8407 @end enumerate
8408
8409 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8410 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8411 It may look, for example, like this:
8412
8413 @smallexample
8414 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8415 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8416 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8417 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8418 ...
8419 @end smallexample
8420
8421 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8422 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8423 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8424
8425 @smallexample
8426 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8427 @end smallexample
8428
8429 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8430 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8431 transformations. The result is:
8432
8433 @smallexample
8434 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8435 --show-transformed /lib}
8436 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8437 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8438 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8439 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8440 @end smallexample
8441
8442 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8443 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8444 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8445 component with @file{var/}:
8446
8447 @smallexample
8448 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8449 @end smallexample
8450
8451 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8452 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8453
8454 @smallexample
8455 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8456 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8457 @end smallexample
8458
8459 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8460 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8461 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8462
8463 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8464 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8465 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8466 are equivalent:
8467
8468 @smallexample
8469 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8470 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8471 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8472 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8473 @end smallexample
8474
8475 @node after
8476 @section Operating Only on New Files
8477
8478 @cindex Excluding file by age
8479 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8480 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8481 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8482 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8483 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8484 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8485 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8486 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8487 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8488 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8489 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8490 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8491
8492 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8493 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8494 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8495
8496 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8497 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8498 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8499 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8500 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8501 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8502
8503 @table @option
8504 @opindex after-date
8505 @opindex newer
8506 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8507 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8508 @itemx -N @var{date}
8509 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8510
8511 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8512 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8513
8514 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8515 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8516
8517 @opindex newer-mtime
8518 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8519 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8520 @end table
8521
8522 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8523 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8524 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8525 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8526 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8527 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8528
8529 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8530 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8531 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8532 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8533 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8534 field.
8535
8536 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8537 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8538 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8539 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8540 contents of the file were looked at).
8541
8542 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8543 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8544 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8545 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8546
8547 @smallexample
8548 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8549 @end smallexample
8550
8551 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8552 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8553 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8554 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8555 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8556 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8557
8558 @smallexample
8559 @group
8560 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8561 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8562 13:19:37.232434
8563 @end group
8564 @end smallexample
8565
8566 @quotation
8567 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8568 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8569 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8570 @end quotation
8571
8572 @node recurse
8573 @section Descending into Directories
8574 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8575 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8576 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8577 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8578
8579 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8580 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8581 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8582 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8583
8584 @opindex no-recursion
8585 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8586 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8587 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8588 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8589 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8590 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8591 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8592 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8593 @command{tar}.
8594
8595 @table @option
8596 @item --no-recursion
8597 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8598
8599 @opindex recursion
8600 @item --recursion
8601 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8602 This is the default.
8603 @end table
8604
8605 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8606 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8607 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8608 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8609 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8610 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8611 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8612 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8613 the files located via @command{find}.
8614
8615 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8616 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8617 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8618 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8619 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8620 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8621 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8622 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8623
8624 @smallexample
8625 @group
8626 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8627 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8628 @end group
8629 @end smallexample
8630
8631 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8632 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8633 the files under those directories.
8634
8635 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8636 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8637
8638 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8639 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8640 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8641
8642 @smallexample
8643 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8644 @end smallexample
8645
8646 @noindent
8647 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8648 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8649 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8650
8651 @node one
8652 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8653 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8654
8655 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8656 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8657 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8658 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8659 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8660 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8661 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8662
8663 @table @option
8664 @opindex one-file-system
8665 @item --one-file-system
8666 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8667 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8668 @end table
8669
8670 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8671 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8672 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8673 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8674 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8675 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8676
8677 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8678 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8679 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8680 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8681
8682 @menu
8683 * directory:: Changing Directory
8684 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8685 @end menu
8686
8687 @node directory
8688 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8689
8690 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8691 things around some.}
8692
8693 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8694 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8695 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8696 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8697 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8698 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8699 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8700 after that point in the list.
8701
8702 @table @option
8703 @opindex directory
8704 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8705 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8706 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8707 @end table
8708
8709 For example,
8710
8711 @smallexample
8712 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8713 @end smallexample
8714
8715 @noindent
8716 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8717 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8718 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8719 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8720 store in the same archive.
8721
8722 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8723 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8724 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8725 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8726 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8727
8728 Contrast this with the command,
8729
8730 @smallexample
8731 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8732 @end smallexample
8733
8734 @noindent
8735 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8736 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8737 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8738 named @file{red}.
8739
8740 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8741 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8742 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8743 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8744 @file{foo.tar}:
8745
8746 @smallexample
8747 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8748 @end smallexample
8749
8750 @noindent
8751 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8752 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8753 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8754 directories where those files were located.
8755
8756 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8757 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8758 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8759 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8760 @option{--directory} option.
8761
8762 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8763 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8764 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8765 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8766 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8767 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8768 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8769
8770 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8771
8772 @smallexample
8773 @group
8774 -C/etc
8775 passwd
8776 hosts
8777 --directory=/lib
8778 libc.a
8779 @end group
8780 @end smallexample
8781
8782 @noindent
8783 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8784
8785 @smallexample
8786 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8787 @end smallexample
8788
8789 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8790 @option{--null} option.
8791
8792 @node absolute
8793 @subsection Absolute File Names
8794 @cindex absolute file names
8795 @cindex file names, absolute
8796
8797 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8798 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8799 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8800
8801 @table @option
8802 @opindex absolute-names
8803 @item --absolute-names
8804 @itemx -P
8805 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8806 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8807 @end table
8808
8809 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8810 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8811 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8812 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8813 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8814 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8815 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8816 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8817
8818 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8819 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8820 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8821
8822 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8823 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8824 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8825 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8826 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8827 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8828 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8829 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8830 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8831 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8832 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8833 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8834 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8835
8836 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8837 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8838 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8839
8840 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8841 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8842
8843 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8844 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8845
8846 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8847 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8848 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8849
8850 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8851 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8852 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8853 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8854 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8855 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8856
8857 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8858 to transfer files between systems.}
8859
8860 @table @option
8861 @item --absolute-names
8862 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8863 archiving and extracting files.
8864
8865 @end table
8866
8867 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8868 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8869 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8870 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8871
8872 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8873 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8874 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8875
8876 @smallexample
8877 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8878 @end smallexample
8879
8880 @noindent
8881 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8882 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8883 For example:
8884
8885 @smallexample
8886 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8887 @end smallexample
8888
8889 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8890 of using this option.
8891
8892 @include parse-datetime.texi
8893
8894 @node Formats
8895 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8896
8897 @cindex Tar archive formats
8898 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8899 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8900 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8901
8902 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8903 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8904
8905 @table @asis
8906 @item gnu
8907 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8908 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8909 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8910 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8911 formats.
8912
8913 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8914 length.
8915
8916 @item oldgnu
8917 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8918
8919 @item v7
8920 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8921 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8922 are:
8923
8924 @enumerate
8925 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8926 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8927 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8928 devices, fifos etc.)
8929 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8930 octal)
8931 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8932 and group name of the file owner).
8933 @end enumerate
8934
8935 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8936 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8937 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8938 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8939 Automake prior to 1.9.
8940
8941 @item ustar
8942 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8943 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8944 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8945
8946 @enumerate
8947 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8948 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8949 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8950 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8951 characters.
8952 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8953 100 characters.
8954 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8955 is 8GB
8956 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8957 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8958 @end enumerate
8959
8960 @item star
8961 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8962 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8963 currently does not produce them.
8964
8965 @item posix
8966 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8967 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8968 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8969 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8970 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8971 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8972 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8973 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8974 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8975
8976 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8977 of @GNUTAR{}.
8978
8979 @end table
8980
8981 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8982 formats:
8983
8984 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8985 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8986 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8987 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8988 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8989 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8990 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8991 @end multitable
8992
8993 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8994 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8995 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8996 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8997 switch to @samp{posix}.
8998
8999 @menu
9000 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
9001 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
9002 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9003 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
9004 @end menu
9005
9006 @node Compression
9007 @section Using Less Space through Compression
9008
9009 @menu
9010 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
9011 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
9012 @end menu
9013
9014 @node gzip
9015 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
9016 @cindex Compressed archives
9017 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
9018
9019 @cindex gzip
9020 @cindex bzip2
9021 @cindex lzip
9022 @cindex lzma
9023 @cindex lzop
9024 @cindex compress
9025 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
9026 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
9027 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
9028 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
9029 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
9030 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
9031 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
9032
9033 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
9034 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
9035 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
9036 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
9037 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
9038 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
9039 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
9040 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
9041 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
9042 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
9043 For example:
9044
9045 @smallexample
9046 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
9047 @end smallexample
9048
9049 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
9050 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
9051 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
9052 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
9053 compression:
9054
9055 @smallexample
9056 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
9057 @end smallexample
9058
9059 @noindent
9060 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
9061
9062 @smallexample
9063 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
9064 @end smallexample
9065
9066 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
9067 see @ref{auto-compress}.
9068
9069 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
9070 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
9071 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
9072 archive created in previous example:
9073
9074 @smallexample
9075 # List the compressed archive
9076 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
9077 # Extract the compressed archive
9078 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
9079 @end smallexample
9080
9081 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
9082 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
9083 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
9084 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
9085 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
9086
9087 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
9088 @cindex alternative decompression programs
9089 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
9090 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
9091 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
9092 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
9093 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
9094 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
9095 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
9096 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
9097
9098 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
9099 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
9100 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
9101 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
9102 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
9103 @end multitable
9104
9105 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
9106 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
9107 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
9108 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
9109
9110 @smallexample
9111 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
9112 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
9113 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
9114 @end smallexample
9115
9116 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
9117 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
9118
9119 @smallexample
9120 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
9121 @end smallexample
9122
9123 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
9124 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
9125 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
9126 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
9127 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
9128 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
9129 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
9130 archives cannot be compressed.
9131
9132 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
9133
9134 @table @option
9135 @opindex gzip
9136 @opindex ungzip
9137 @item -z
9138 @itemx --gzip
9139 @itemx --ungzip
9140 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
9141
9142 @opindex xz
9143 @item -J
9144 @itemx --xz
9145 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
9146
9147 @item -j
9148 @itemx --bzip2
9149 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
9150
9151 @opindex lzip
9152 @item --lzip
9153 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
9154
9155 @opindex lzma
9156 @item --lzma
9157 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
9158
9159 @opindex lzop
9160 @item --lzop
9161 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
9162
9163 @opindex compress
9164 @opindex uncompress
9165 @item -Z
9166 @itemx --compress
9167 @itemx --uncompress
9168 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
9169 @end table
9170
9171 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
9172 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
9173 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
9174 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
9175 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
9176 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
9177
9178 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
9179 compressor names along with each of these options.
9180
9181 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
9182 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
9183 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
9184 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
9185 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
9186 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
9187 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
9188 @env{GZIP}:
9189
9190 @smallexample
9191 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
9192 @end smallexample
9193 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
9194 below), e.g.:
9195
9196 @smallexample
9197 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9198 @end smallexample
9199
9200 @noindent
9201 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
9202
9203 @smallexample
9204 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9205 @end smallexample
9206
9207 @cindex corrupted archives
9208 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9209 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9210 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9211 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9212 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9213 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9214
9215 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9216 compressed archives. These are:
9217
9218 @table @option
9219 @anchor{auto-compress}
9220 @opindex auto-compress
9221 @item --auto-compress
9222 @itemx -a
9223 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9224 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9225
9226 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9227 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9228 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9229 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9230 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9231 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9232 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9233 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9234 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9235 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9236 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9237 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9238 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9239 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9240 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9241 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9242 @end multitable
9243
9244 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9245 @opindex use-compress-program
9246 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9247 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9248 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9249 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9250 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9251 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9252 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9253 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9254 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9255
9256 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9257
9258 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9259 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9260
9261 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9262 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9263 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9264
9265 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9266 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9267 @end table
9268
9269 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9270 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9271 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9272 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9273 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9274 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9275 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9276 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9277 Manual}). The following script does that:
9278
9279 @smallexample
9280 @group
9281 #! /bin/sh
9282 case $1 in
9283 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9284 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9285 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9286 esac
9287 @end group
9288 @end smallexample
9289
9290 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9291 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9292 archive signed with your private key:
9293
9294 @smallexample
9295 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9296 @end smallexample
9297
9298 @noindent
9299 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9300
9301 @smallexample
9302 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9303 @end smallexample
9304
9305 @ignore
9306 The above is based on the following discussion:
9307
9308 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9309 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9310 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9311 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9312 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9313 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9314 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9315 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9316 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9317 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9318
9319 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9320 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9321 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9322 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9323 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9324
9325 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9326 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9327 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9328 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9329 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9330
9331 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9332 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9333 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9334 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9335 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9336 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9337
9338 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9339 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9340 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9341 end up with less space on the tape.
9342 @end ignore
9343
9344 @menu
9345 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9346 @end menu
9347
9348 @node lbzip2
9349 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9350 @cindex lbzip2
9351 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9352 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9353 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9354 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9355 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9356 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9357 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9358 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9359
9360 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9361 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9362 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9363 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9364 line option, like this:
9365
9366 @smallexample
9367 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9368 @end smallexample
9369
9370 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9371 following:
9372
9373 @smallexample
9374 @group
9375 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9376 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9377 @end group
9378 @end smallexample
9379
9380 @noindent
9381 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9382
9383 @node sparse
9384 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9385 @cindex Sparse Files
9386
9387 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9388 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9389 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9390 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9391 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9392 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9393 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9394 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9395 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9396 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9397 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9398 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9399 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9400 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9401 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9402 won't take more space than the original.
9403
9404 @table @option
9405 @opindex sparse
9406 @item -S
9407 @itemx --sparse
9408 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9409 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9410 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9411 used by its image in the archive.
9412
9413 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9414 has no effect on extraction.
9415 @end table
9416
9417 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9418 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9419 system.
9420
9421 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9422 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9423 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9424 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9425 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9426 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9427
9428 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9429 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9430 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9431 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9432 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9433 the time needed to archive them without it.
9434 @FIXME{A technical note:
9435
9436 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9437 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9438 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9439 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9440 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9441 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9442 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9443 1990-12-10:
9444
9445 @quotation
9446 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9447 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9448 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9449 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9450 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9451 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9452
9453 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9454 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9455 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9456 get it right.
9457 @end quotation
9458 }
9459
9460 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9461 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9462 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9463 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9464 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9465 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9466 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9467 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9468
9469 @table @option
9470 @opindex sparse-version
9471 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9472
9473 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9474 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9475 for a detailed description of each format.
9476 @end table
9477
9478 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9479
9480 @node Attributes
9481 @section Handling File Attributes
9482 @cindex atrributes, files
9483 @cindex file attributes
9484
9485 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9486 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9487 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9488 place.
9489
9490 @table @option
9491 @opindex atime-preserve
9492 @item --atime-preserve
9493 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9494 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9495 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9496 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9497
9498 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9499 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9500 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9501 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9502 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9503 running.
9504
9505 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9506 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9507 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9508 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9509 complains right away.
9510
9511 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9512 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9513 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9514
9515 @opindex touch
9516 @item -m
9517 @itemx --touch
9518 Do not extract data modification time.
9519
9520 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9521 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9522 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9523
9524 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9525
9526 @opindex same-owner
9527 @item --same-owner
9528 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9529 archive.
9530
9531 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9532 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9533 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9534 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9535 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9536 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9537 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9538
9539 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9540 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9541 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9542 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9543 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9544 the archive instead.
9545
9546 @opindex no-same-owner
9547 @item --no-same-owner
9548 @itemx -o
9549 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9550 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9551 only for the superuser.
9552
9553 @opindex numeric-owner
9554 @item --numeric-owner
9555 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9556 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9557 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9558 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9559 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9560
9561 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9562 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9563 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9564 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9565 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9566 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9567 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9568 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9569
9570 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9571 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9572 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9573 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9574 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9575 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9576
9577 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9578 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9579 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9580 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9581 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9582 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9583 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9584 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9585 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9586 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9587 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9588 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9589 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9590 gives you a great deal of control already.
9591
9592 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9593 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9594 @item -p
9595 @itemx --same-permissions
9596 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9597 Extract all protection information.
9598
9599 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9600 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9601 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9602 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9603 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9604
9605
9606 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9607
9608 @opindex preserve
9609 @item --preserve
9610 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9611
9612 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9613
9614 @end table
9615
9616 @node Portability
9617 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9618
9619 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9620 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9621 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9622 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9623 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9624 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9625 archives more portable.
9626
9627 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9628 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9629 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9630 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9631
9632 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9633 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9634
9635 @menu
9636 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9637 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9638 * hard links:: Hard Links
9639 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9640 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9641 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9642 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9643 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9644 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9645 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9646 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9647 @end menu
9648
9649 @node Portable Names
9650 @subsection Portable Names
9651
9652 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9653 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9654 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9655 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9656 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9657 less.
9658
9659 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9660 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9661 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9662 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9663 than System V's.
9664
9665 @node dereference
9666 @subsection Symbolic Links
9667 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9668 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9669
9670 @opindex dereference
9671 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9672 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9673 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9674 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9675 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9676 symbolic links point to, instead of
9677 the links themselves.
9678
9679 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9680 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9681 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9682 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9683
9684 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9685 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9686 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9687 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9688 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9689 Files}.
9690
9691 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9692 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9693
9694 @node hard links
9695 @subsection Hard Links
9696 @cindex File names, using hard links
9697 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9698 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9699
9700 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9701 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9702 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9703 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9704
9705 @smallexample
9706 @group
9707 $ ls -l
9708 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9709 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9710 @end group
9711 @end smallexample
9712
9713 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9714 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9715 the following:
9716
9717 @smallexample
9718 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9719 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9720 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9721 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9722 @end smallexample
9723
9724 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9725 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9726 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9727
9728 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9729 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9730 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9731
9732 @table @option
9733 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9734 @item --check-links
9735 @itemx -l
9736 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9737 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9738 a warning message.
9739 @end table
9740
9741 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9742 produces the following diagnostics:
9743
9744 @smallexample
9745 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9746 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9747 @end smallexample
9748
9749 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9750 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9751 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9752 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9753 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9754 @file{jeden}:
9755
9756 @smallexample
9757 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9758 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9759 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9760 @end smallexample
9761
9762 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9763 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9764 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9765 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9766 use the following option:
9767
9768 @table @option
9769 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9770 @item --hard-dereference
9771 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9772 @end table
9773
9774 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9775 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9776 independently of the other:
9777
9778 @smallexample
9779 @group
9780 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9781 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9782 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9783 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9784 @end group
9785 @end smallexample
9786
9787 @node old
9788 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9789 @cindex Format, old style
9790 @cindex Old style format
9791 @cindex Old style archives
9792 @cindex v7 archive format
9793
9794 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9795 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9796 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9797 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9798 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9799 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9800 option). When you specify it,
9801 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9802 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9803 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9804
9805 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9806 unless the archive was created using this option.
9807
9808 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9809 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9810 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9811 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9812 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9813 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9814 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9815
9816 @node ustar
9817 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9818
9819 @cindex ustar archive format
9820 The archive format defined by the @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is
9821 called @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9822 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9823 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9824 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9825 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9826
9827 To create an archive in @code{ustar} format, use the @option{--format=ustar}
9828 option in conjunction with @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9829
9830 @node gnu
9831 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9832
9833 @cindex GNU archive format
9834 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9835 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9836 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9837 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9838 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9839 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9840 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9841 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9842 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9843 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9844
9845 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9846 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9847 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9848
9849 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9850 @option{--format=gnu}.
9851
9852 @node posix
9853 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9854
9855 @cindex POSIX archive format
9856 @cindex PAX archive format
9857 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9858 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9859
9860 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9861 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9862 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9863 archive.
9864
9865 @menu
9866 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9867 @end menu
9868
9869 @node PAX keywords
9870 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9871
9872 @table @option
9873 @opindex pax-option
9874 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9875 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9876 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9877 @end table
9878
9879 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9880 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9881 the following forms:
9882
9883 @table @code
9884 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9885 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9886 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9887 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9888
9889 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9890 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9891 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9892 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9893 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9894
9895 @smallexample
9896 --pax-option delete=security.*
9897 @end smallexample
9898
9899 would suppress security-related information.
9900
9901 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9902
9903 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9904 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9905 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9906
9907 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9908 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9909 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9910 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9911 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9912 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9913 on the translated file name.
9914 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9915 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9916 @end multitable
9917
9918 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9919 results.
9920
9921 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9922 will use the following default value:
9923
9924 @smallexample
9925 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9926 @end smallexample
9927
9928 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9929
9930 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9931 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9932 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9933 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9934
9935 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9936 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9937 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9938 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9939 the following substitutions:
9940
9941 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9942 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9943 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9944 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9945 starting at 1.
9946 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9947 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9948 @end multitable
9949
9950 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9951
9952 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9953 will use the following default value:
9954
9955 @smallexample
9956 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9957 @end smallexample
9958
9959 @noindent
9960 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9961 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9962 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9963
9964 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9965
9966 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9967 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9968 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9969 @command{tar} was invoked.
9970
9971 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9972 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9973 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9974 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9975 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9976 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9977 record.
9978
9979 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9980 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9981 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9982 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9983 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9984
9985 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9986 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9987 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9988 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9989 For example, in the command:
9990
9991 @smallexample
9992 tar --format=posix --create \
9993 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9994 @end smallexample
9995
9996 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9997 stored in the archive.
9998 @end table
9999
10000 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
10001 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
10002 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
10003 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
10004 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
10005 case, the modification time of that file is used.
10006
10007 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
10008 use the following option:
10009
10010 @smallexample
10011 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
10012 @end smallexample
10013
10014 Note quoting of the option's argument.
10015
10016 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
10017 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
10018 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
10019 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
10020 same contents:
10021
10022 @smallexample
10023 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
10024 @end smallexample
10025
10026 @node Checksumming
10027 @subsection Checksumming Problems
10028
10029 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
10030 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
10031 is, file names having characters with the eighth bit set, because they
10032 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
10033 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
10034 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and accepts either of them.
10035 It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
10036 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
10037 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
10038 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
10039 vice versa.
10040
10041 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accepts either of them
10042 on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
10043 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
10044 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
10045 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
10046 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
10047 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
10048 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
10049
10050 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
10051 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
10052 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
10053 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
10054 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
10055 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
10056 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
10057 has chosen their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
10058 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
10059 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
10060 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
10061
10062 @node Large or Negative Values
10063 @subsection Large or Negative Values
10064 @cindex large values
10065 @cindex future time stamps
10066 @cindex negative time stamps
10067 @UNREVISED
10068
10069 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
10070 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
10071 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
10072 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
10073 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
10074 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
10075 help you to do so.
10076
10077 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
10078 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
10079 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
10080 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
10081 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
10082 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
10083 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
10084 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
10085 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
10086 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
10087 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
10088 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
10089 representations.
10090
10091 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
10092 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
10093 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
10094
10095 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
10096 POSIX-aware tars.}
10097
10098 @node Other Tars
10099 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
10100
10101 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
10102 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
10103 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
10104 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
10105 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
10106 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
10107 how to cope without it.
10108
10109 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
10110 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
10111 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
10112 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
10113 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
10114 describe the required procedures in detail.
10115
10116 @menu
10117 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
10118 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
10119 @end menu
10120
10121 @node Split Recovery
10122 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
10123
10124 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
10125 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
10126 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
10127 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
10128 This program is available from
10129 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
10130 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
10131 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
10132 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
10133 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
10134
10135 @smallexample
10136 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
10137 @end smallexample
10138
10139 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
10140 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
10141 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
10142 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
10143 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
10144 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
10145 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
10146 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
10147
10148 @smallexample
10149 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
10150 @end smallexample
10151
10152 @noindent
10153 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
10154 have the following meaning:
10155
10156 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
10157 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
10158 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
10159 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
10160 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
10161 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
10162 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
10163 created the archive.
10164 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
10165 @end multitable
10166
10167 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
10168 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
10169 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
10170
10171 @smallexample
10172 var/longfile
10173 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
10174 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
10175 @end smallexample
10176
10177 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
10178 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
10179 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
10180 the proper order, for example:
10181
10182 @smallexample
10183 @group
10184 $ @kbd{cd var}
10185 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
10186 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10187 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10188 @end group
10189 @end smallexample
10190
10191 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10192 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10193 during extraction. They will look like this:
10194
10195 @smallexample
10196 @group
10197 Tar file too small
10198 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10199 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10200 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10201 @end group
10202 @end smallexample
10203
10204 @noindent
10205 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10206
10207 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10208 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10209
10210 @smallexample
10211 @group
10212 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10213 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10214 normal file
10215 Unexpected EOF in archive
10216 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10217 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10218 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10219 'x', extracted as normal file
10220 @end group
10221 @end smallexample
10222
10223 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10224 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10225 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10226 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10227
10228 @node Sparse Recovery
10229 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10230
10231 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10232 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10233 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10234 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10235 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10236 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10237 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10238
10239 @pindex xsparse
10240 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10241 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10242 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10243 home page}.
10244
10245 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10246 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10247 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10248 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10249 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10250 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10251 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10252 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10253 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10254 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10255
10256 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10257
10258 @smallexample
10259 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10260 @end smallexample
10261
10262 @noindent
10263 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10264 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10265 following algorithm:
10266
10267 @enumerate 1
10268 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10269 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10270
10271 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10272 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10273 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10274 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10275
10276 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10277 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10278 @file{@var{name}}.
10279 @end enumerate
10280
10281 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10282 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10283 the command:
10284
10285 @smallexample
10286 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10287 @end smallexample
10288
10289 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10290 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10291 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10292 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10293
10294 @smallexample
10295 @group
10296 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10297 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10298 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10299 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10300 Finished dry run
10301 @end group
10302 @end smallexample
10303
10304 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10305
10306 @smallexample
10307 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10308 @end smallexample
10309
10310 @noindent
10311 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10312 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10313 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10314 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10315
10316 @smallexample
10317 @group
10318 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10319 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10320 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10321 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10322 Done
10323 @end group
10324 @end smallexample
10325
10326 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10327 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10328 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10329 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10330 use. Continuing our example:
10331
10332 @smallexample
10333 @group
10334 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10335 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10336 Reading extended header file
10337 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10338 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10339 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10340 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10341 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10342 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10343 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10344 Done
10345 @end group
10346 @end smallexample
10347
10348 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10349 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10350 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10351 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10352 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10353 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10354 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10355 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10356 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10357 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10358 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10359 extended headers from the archive?
10360
10361 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10362 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10363 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10364 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10365 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10366 @var{n} is an integer number.
10367
10368 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10369 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10370 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10371
10372 @enumerate 1
10373 @item
10374 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10375 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10376 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10377 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10378
10379 @item
10380 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10381 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10382 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10383 archive we obtain:
10384
10385 @smallexample
10386 @group
10387 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10388 @dots{}
10389 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10390 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10391 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10392 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10393 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10394 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10395 @dots{}
10396 @end group
10397 @end smallexample
10398
10399 @noindent
10400 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10401
10402 @item
10403 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10404 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10405 Compute:
10406
10407 @smallexample
10408 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10409 @end smallexample
10410
10411 @noindent
10412 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10413 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10414 = 7}.
10415
10416 @item
10417 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10418
10419 @smallexample
10420 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10421 @end smallexample
10422
10423 @noindent
10424 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10425 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10426 computed in previous steps.
10427
10428 In our example, this command will be
10429
10430 @smallexample
10431 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10432 @end smallexample
10433 @end enumerate
10434
10435 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10436
10437 @smallexample
10438 @group
10439 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10440 Reading extended header file
10441 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10442 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10443 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10444 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10445 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10446 Done
10447 @end group
10448 @end smallexample
10449
10450 @node cpio
10451 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10452 @UNREVISED
10453
10454 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10455
10456 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10457 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10458 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10459 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10460 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10461 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10462
10463 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10464 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10465 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10466 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10467 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10468 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10469 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10470 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10471
10472 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10473 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10474 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10475 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10476
10477 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10478
10479 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10480 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10481 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10482
10483 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10484 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10485 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10486 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10487 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10488 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10489 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10490 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10491 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10492 make hard links between them.
10493
10494 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10495 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10496 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10497 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10498 of the names.
10499
10500 @quotation
10501 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10502 @end quotation
10503
10504 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10505 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10506 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10507
10508 @quotation
10509 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10510 at the unix scene,
10511 @end quotation
10512
10513 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10514 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10515 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10516 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10517 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10518
10519 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10520 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10521 rest of the files.
10522
10523 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10524
10525 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10526 to start on a record boundary.
10527
10528 @quotation
10529 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10530 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10531 crashed archives at all.)
10532 @end quotation
10533
10534 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10535 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10536 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10537 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10538 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10539 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10540 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10541 archive.
10542
10543 @quotation
10544 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10545 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10546 @end quotation
10547
10548 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10549 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10550 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10551 special files.
10552
10553 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10554 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10555 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10556 backwards compatibility.
10557
10558 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10559 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10560 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10561
10562 @node Media
10563 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10564 @UNREVISED
10565
10566 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10567 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10568
10569 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10570 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10571 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10572 such manipulation easier.
10573
10574 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10575 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10576
10577 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10578 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10579 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10580 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10581
10582 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10583 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10584 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10585 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10586 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10587 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10588
10589 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10590 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10591 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10592 not a good idea.
10593
10594 @menu
10595 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10596 * Remote Tape Server::
10597 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10598 * Blocking:: Blocking
10599 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10600 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10601 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10602 * verify::
10603 * Write Protection::
10604 @end menu
10605
10606 @node Device
10607 @section Device Selection and Switching
10608 @UNREVISED
10609
10610 @table @option
10611 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10612 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10613 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10614 @end table
10615
10616 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10617 works on.
10618
10619 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10620 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10621 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10622 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10623 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10624
10625 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10626 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10627 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10628 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10629 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10630 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10631 @command{rsh}.
10632 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10633 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10634 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10635 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10636 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10637 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10638 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10639 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10640 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10641 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10642
10643 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10644 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10645 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10646 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10647 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10648
10649 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10650 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10651 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10652 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10653 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10654 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10655 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10656 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10657 cartridges or diskettes.
10658
10659 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10660 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10661 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10662 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10663 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10664 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10665 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10666 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10667 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10668 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10669 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10670 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10671
10672 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10673 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10674 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10675 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10676 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10677
10678 @table @option
10679 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10680 @item --force-local
10681 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10682
10683 @opindex rsh-command
10684 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10685 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10686 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10687 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10688
10689 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10690 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10691 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10692 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10693 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10694 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10695
10696 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10697 Specify drive and density.
10698
10699 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10700 @item -M
10701 @itemx --multi-volume
10702 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10703
10704 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10705 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10706 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10707
10708 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10709 @item -L @var{num}
10710 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10711 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10712 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10713 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10714
10715 @float Table, size-suffixes
10716 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10717 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10718 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10719 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10720 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10721 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10722 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10723 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10724 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10725 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10726 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10727 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10728 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10729 @end multitable
10730 @end float
10731
10732 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10733 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10734 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10735
10736 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10737 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10738 @item -F @var{command}
10739 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10740 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10741 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10742 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10743 description of this option.
10744 @end table
10745
10746 @node Remote Tape Server
10747 @section Remote Tape Server
10748
10749 @cindex remote tape drive
10750 @pindex rmt
10751 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10752 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10753 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10754 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10755 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10756 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10757 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10758
10759 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10760 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10761 installed by default.
10762
10763 @cindex absolute file names
10764 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10765 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10766 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10767 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10768 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10769 message telling you what it is doing.
10770
10771 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10772 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10773 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10774 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10775 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10776 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10777 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10778 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10779 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10780 backup tapes.
10781
10782 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10783 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10784 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10785 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10786 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10787 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10788 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10789
10790 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10791 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10792 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10793 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10794 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10795 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10796
10797 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10798 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10799 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10800 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10801 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10802 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10803
10804 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10805 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10806 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10807 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10808 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10809
10810 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10811 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10812
10813 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10814 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10815 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10816 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10817 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10818 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10819 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10820 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10821
10822 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10823 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10824
10825 @ifclear PUBLISH
10826
10827 @format
10828 errors from system:
10829 permission denied
10830 no such file or directory
10831 not owner
10832
10833 errors from @command{tar}:
10834 directory checksum error
10835 header format error
10836
10837 errors from media/system:
10838 i/o error
10839 device busy
10840 @end format
10841
10842 @end ifclear
10843
10844 @node Blocking
10845 @section Blocking
10846 @cindex block
10847 @cindex record
10848
10849 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10850 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10851 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10852 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10853 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10854
10855 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10856 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10857
10858 @quotation
10859 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10860 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10861 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10862 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10863 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10864 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10865 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10866 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10867 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10868 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10869
10870 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10871 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10872 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10873 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10874 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10875 into the source code too.
10876 @end quotation
10877
10878 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10879 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10880 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10881 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10882 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10883 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10884 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10885 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10886 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10887 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10888 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10889 in @GNUTAR{}.
10890
10891 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10892 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10893 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10894 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10895 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10896 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10897 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10898 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10899 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10900 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10901 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10902 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10903 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10904 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10905 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10906
10907 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10908 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10909 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10910 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10911 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10912 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10913 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10914 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10915 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10916
10917 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10918 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10919 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10920 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10921 honor blocking.
10922
10923 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10924 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10925 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10926 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10927 normally@footnote{If this message is not needed, you can turn it off
10928 using the @option{--warning=no-record-size} option.}. On some tape
10929 devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure out the record size
10930 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
10931 @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor,
10932 and then use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option.
10933 (If you specify a blocking factor with @option{--blocking-factor} and
10934 don't use the @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar}
10935 will not attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some
10936 devices, you must always specify the record size exactly with
10937 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10938 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10939 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10940 correctly.
10941
10942 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10943 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10944 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10945 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10946 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10947
10948 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10949 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10950 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10951 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10952 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10953 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10954 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10955 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10956 around one megabyte.
10957
10958 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10959 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10960 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10961 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10962 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10963 device.
10964
10965 @menu
10966 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10967 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10968 @end menu
10969
10970 @node Format Variations
10971 @subsection Format Variations
10972 @cindex Format Parameters
10973 @cindex Format Options
10974 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10975 @cindex Options, format specifying
10976 @UNREVISED
10977
10978 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10979 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10980 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10981 store the archive.
10982
10983 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10984 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10985 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10986 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10987 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10988 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10989 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10990 examples of format parameter considerations.
10991
10992 @node Blocking Factor
10993 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10994 @cindex Blocking Factor
10995 @cindex Record Size
10996 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10997 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10998 @cindex Bytes per record
10999 @cindex Blocks per record
11000 @UNREVISED
11001
11002 @opindex blocking-factor
11003 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
11004 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
11005 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
11006 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
11007 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
11008 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
11009 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
11010 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
11011 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
11012 This may not work on some devices.
11013
11014 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
11015 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
11016 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
11017 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
11018 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
11019 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
11020 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
11021 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
11022 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
11023 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
11024 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
11025 writing archives.
11026
11027 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
11028
11029 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
11030 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
11031 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
11032 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
11033 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
11034 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
11035
11036 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
11037 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
11038 example, this has been reported:
11039
11040 @smallexample
11041 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
11042 @end smallexample
11043
11044 @noindent
11045 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
11046 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
11047 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
11048 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
11049 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
11050 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
11051 for example, might resolve the problem.
11052
11053 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
11054 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
11055 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
11056 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
11057 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
11058 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
11059 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
11060 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
11061 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
11062 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
11063 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
11064 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
11065 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
11066
11067 @table @option
11068 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
11069 @itemx -b @var{number}
11070 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
11071 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
11072 @end table
11073
11074 Device blocking
11075
11076 @table @option
11077 @item -b @var{blocks}
11078 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
11079 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
11080
11081 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
11082 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
11083 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
11084 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
11085 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
11086 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
11087
11088 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
11089 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
11090 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
11091 running on old machines with small address spaces.
11092
11093 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
11094 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
11095 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
11096 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
11097 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
11098
11099 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
11100 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
11101 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
11102 updating the archive.
11103
11104 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
11105 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
11106 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
11107 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
11108
11109 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
11110 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
11111 the amount of available virtual memory.
11112
11113 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
11114 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
11115 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
11116 @itemize @bullet
11117 @item
11118 the archive is subject to a compression option,
11119 @item
11120 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
11121 redirected nor piped,
11122 @item
11123 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
11124 device,
11125 @item
11126 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
11127 invocation.
11128 @end itemize
11129
11130 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
11131 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
11132 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
11133 topic:
11134
11135 @itemize @bullet
11136
11137 @item
11138 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
11139 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
11140 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
11141 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
11142 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
11143 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
11144
11145 @item
11146 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
11147 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
11148 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
11149 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
11150 ignored.
11151
11152 @item
11153 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
11154 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
11155 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
11156 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
11157 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
11158 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
11159 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
11160
11161 @item
11162 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
11163 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
11164 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
11165 @end itemize
11166
11167 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
11168 @item -i
11169 @itemx --ignore-zeros
11170 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
11171
11172 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
11173 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
11174 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
11175 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
11176 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
11177 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
11178 the zeroed blocks.
11179
11180 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
11181 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
11182 are stored on a single physical tape.
11183
11184 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
11185 @item -B
11186 @itemx --read-full-records
11187 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11188
11189 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11190 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11191 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11192 until it has obtained a full
11193 record.
11194
11195 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11196 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11197 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11198 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11199 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11200 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11201
11202 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11203
11204 @end table
11205
11206 Tape blocking
11207
11208 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11209
11210 @cindex blocking factor
11211 @cindex tape blocking
11212
11213 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11214 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11215 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11216 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11217 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11218 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11219 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11220 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11221 tape motion without losing information.
11222
11223 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11224 @cindex DAT blocking
11225 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11226 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11227 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11228 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11229 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11230 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11231 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11232 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11233 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11234 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11235 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11236 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11237 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11238 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11239 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11240 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11241
11242 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11243 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11244 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11245 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11246
11247 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11248 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11249 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11250
11251 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11252 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11253 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11254
11255 @node Many
11256 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11257
11258 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11259
11260 @findex ntape @r{device}
11261 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11262 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11263 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11264 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11265 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11266 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11267 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11268 device.
11269
11270 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11271 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11272 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11273 means that a simple:
11274
11275 @smallexample
11276 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11277 @end smallexample
11278
11279 @noindent
11280 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11281 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11282 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11283 just been saved.
11284
11285 @cindex tape positioning
11286 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11287 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11288 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11289 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11290 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11291 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11292 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11293 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11294 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11295 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11296 recovered.
11297
11298 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11299 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11300
11301 @smallexample
11302 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11303 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11304 @end smallexample
11305
11306 @cindex tape marks
11307 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11308 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11309 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11310 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11311 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11312 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11313 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11314 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11315 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11316 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11317 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11318
11319 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11320 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11321
11322 @smallexample
11323 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11324 @end smallexample
11325
11326 @noindent
11327 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11328
11329 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11330 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11331 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11332 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11333 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11334 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11335 these commands:
11336
11337 @smallexample
11338 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11339 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11340 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11341 @end smallexample
11342
11343 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11344 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11345
11346 @menu
11347 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11348 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11349 @end menu
11350
11351 @node Tape Positioning
11352 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11353 @UNREVISED
11354
11355 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11356 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11357 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11358 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11359 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11360 two at the end of all the file entries.
11361
11362 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11363 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11364
11365 @smallexample
11366 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11367 @end smallexample
11368
11369 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11370 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11371 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11372 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11373 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11374 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11375 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11376 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11377 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11378 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11379 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11380 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11381
11382 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11383 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11384 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11385 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11386 following:
11387
11388 @smallexample
11389 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11390 @end smallexample
11391
11392 @node mt
11393 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11394 @UNREVISED
11395
11396 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11397 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11398 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11399
11400 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11401 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11402 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11403 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11404 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11405 together"?}
11406
11407 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11408
11409 @smallexample
11410 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11411 @end smallexample
11412
11413 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11414 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11415 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11416
11417 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11418
11419 @table @option
11420 @item eof
11421 @itemx weof
11422 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11423
11424 @item fsf
11425 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11426
11427 @item bsf
11428 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11429
11430 @item rewind
11431 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11432
11433 @item offline
11434 @itemx rewoff1
11435 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11436
11437 @item status
11438 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11439
11440 @end table
11441
11442 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11443 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11444 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11445 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11446 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11447
11448 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11449 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11450 failed.
11451
11452 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11453 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11454
11455 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11456 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11457 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11458 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11459 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11460 multi-volume archives.
11461
11462 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11463 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11464 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11465 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11466 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11467 even be located on files.
11468
11469 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11470 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11471 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11472 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11473 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11474 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11475 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11476
11477 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11478 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11479 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11480 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11481 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11482
11483 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11484 they cannot be compressed.
11485
11486 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11487 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11488
11489 @menu
11490 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11491 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11492 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11493
11494 @end menu
11495
11496 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11497 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11498 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11499
11500 @opindex multi-volume
11501 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11502 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11503 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11504 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11505 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11506 than one tape or file.
11507
11508 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11509 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11510 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11511 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11512 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11513 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11514
11515 @table @option
11516 @item --multi-volume
11517 @itemx -M
11518 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11519 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11520 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11521 operation.
11522 For example:
11523
11524 @smallexample
11525 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11526 @end smallexample
11527 @end table
11528
11529 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11530 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11531 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11532 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11533 tape:
11534
11535 @anchor{tape-length}
11536 @table @option
11537 @opindex tape-length
11538 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11539 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11540 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11541 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11542 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11543 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11544 assumed.
11545
11546 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11547
11548 @smallexample
11549 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11550 @end smallexample
11551
11552 @noindent
11553 or, which is equivalent:
11554
11555 @smallexample
11556 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11557 @end smallexample
11558 @end table
11559
11560 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11561 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11562 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11563 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11564 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11565
11566 @smallexample
11567 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11568 @end smallexample
11569
11570 @noindent
11571 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11572 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11573
11574 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11575 responses:
11576
11577 @table @kbd
11578 @item ?
11579 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11580 @item q
11581 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11582 @item n @var{file-name}
11583 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11584 @item !
11585 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11586 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11587 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11588 this option.}.
11589 @item y
11590 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11591 @end table
11592
11593 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11594 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11595
11596 @cindex Volume number file
11597 @cindex volno file
11598 @anchor{volno-file}
11599 @opindex volno-file
11600 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11601 can be changed; if you give the
11602 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11603 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11604 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11605 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11606 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11607 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11608 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11609 the number used in the prompt.)
11610
11611 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11612 @cindex Info script
11613 @anchor{info-script}
11614 @opindex info-script
11615 @opindex new-volume-script
11616 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11617 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11618 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11619 prompting procedure:
11620
11621 @table @option
11622 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11623 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11624 @itemx -F @var{command}
11625 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11626 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11627 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11628 backups.
11629 @end table
11630
11631 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11632 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11633 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11634 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11635 via the following environment variables:
11636
11637 @table @env
11638 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11639 @item TAR_VERSION
11640 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11641
11642 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11643 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11644 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11645
11646 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11647 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11648 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11649
11650 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11651 @item TAR_VOLUME
11652 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11653
11654 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11655 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11656 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11657 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11658
11659 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11660 @item TAR_FORMAT
11661 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11662 list of archive format names.
11663
11664 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11665 @item TAR_FD
11666 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11667 name to @command{tar}.
11668 @end table
11669
11670 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11671 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11672 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11673
11674 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11675 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11676
11677 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11678 writing the next volume.
11679
11680 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11681 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11682 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11683 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11684 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11685 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11686 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11687 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11688 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11689 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11690
11691 @smallexample
11692 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11693 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11694 @end smallexample
11695
11696 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11697 prompt.
11698
11699 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11700 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11701 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11702 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11703 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11704 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11705
11706 @smallexample
11707 @group
11708 #! /bin/bash
11709 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11710 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11711
11712 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11713
11714 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11715 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11716 -c) ;;
11717 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11718 ;;
11719 *) exit 1
11720 esac
11721
11722 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11723 @end group
11724 @end smallexample
11725
11726 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11727 from the created archive. For example:
11728
11729 @smallexample
11730 @group
11731 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11732 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11733 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11734 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11735 @end group
11736 @end smallexample
11737
11738 @noindent
11739 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11740 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11741 @file{archive.tar}.
11742
11743 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11744 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11745 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11746 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11747 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11748 @option{--multi-volume}.
11749
11750 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11751 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11752 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11753 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11754 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11755 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11756 information about extracting archives.
11757
11758 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11759 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11760 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11761 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11762
11763 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11764 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11765 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11766 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11767 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11768 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11769
11770 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11771 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11772 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11773 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11774
11775 @node Tape Files
11776 @subsection Tape Files
11777 @cindex labeling archives
11778 @opindex label
11779 @UNREVISED
11780
11781 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11782 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11783 option. This will write a special block identifying
11784 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11785 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11786 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11787 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11788 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11789 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11790 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11791 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11792 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11793
11794 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11795 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11796 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11797 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11798 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11799 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11800 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11801
11802 People seem to often do:
11803
11804 @smallexample
11805 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11806 @end smallexample
11807
11808 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11809
11810 @node Tarcat
11811 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11812
11813 @pindex tarcat
11814 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11815 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11816 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11817 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11818 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11819
11820 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11821 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11822
11823 @smallexample
11824 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11825 @end smallexample
11826
11827 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11828 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11829 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11830 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11831 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11832 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11833
11834 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11835
11836 @node label
11837 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11838 @cindex Labeling an archive
11839 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11840 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11841
11842 @opindex label
11843 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11844 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11845 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11846 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11847 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11848 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11849 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11850 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11851
11852 @table @option
11853 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11854 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11855 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11856 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11857 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11858 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11859 operation).
11860 @end table
11861
11862 If you create an archive using both
11863 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11864 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11865 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11866 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11867 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11868 creating multiple volume archives.
11869
11870 @cindex Volume label, listing
11871 @cindex Listing volume label
11872 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11873 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11874 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11875
11876 @smallexample
11877 @group
11878 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11879 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11880 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11881 @end group
11882 @end smallexample
11883
11884 @opindex test-label
11885 @anchor{--test-label option}
11886 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11887 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11888 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11889 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11890 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11891 devices. For example:
11892
11893 @smallexample
11894 @group
11895 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11896 iamalabel
11897 @end group
11898 @end smallexample
11899
11900 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11901 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11902 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11903 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11904 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11905 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11906 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11907
11908 @smallexample
11909 @group
11910 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11911 @result{} 0
11912 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11913 @result{} 1
11914 @end group
11915 @end smallexample
11916
11917 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11918 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11919 case of a mismatch:
11920
11921 @smallexample
11922 @group
11923 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11924 iamalabel
11925 @result{} 0
11926 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11927 iamalabel
11928 tar: Archive label mismatch
11929 @result{} 1
11930 @end group
11931 @end smallexample
11932
11933 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11934 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11935 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11936 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11937 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11938 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11939 you will get:
11940
11941 @smallexample
11942 @group
11943 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11944 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11945 @end group
11946 @end smallexample
11947
11948 @noindent
11949 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11950 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11951
11952 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11953 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11954 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11955 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11956 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11957 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11958 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11959 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11960 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11961 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11962 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11963 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11964 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11965 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11966 of it when the archive is being read.
11967
11968 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11969 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11970 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11971 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11972
11973 @smallexample
11974 @group
11975 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11976 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11977 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11978 @end group
11979 @end smallexample
11980
11981 Some more notes about volume labels:
11982
11983 @itemize @bullet
11984 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11985 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11986 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11987 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11988
11989 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11990 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11991 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11992 usually not the case.
11993 @end itemize
11994
11995 @node verify
11996 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11997 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11998 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11999
12000 @table @option
12001 @item -W
12002 @itemx --verify
12003 @opindex verify, short description
12004 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
12005 @end table
12006
12007 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
12008 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
12009 are recorded on the standard error output.
12010
12011 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
12012 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
12013 cannot be verified.
12014
12015 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
12016 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
12017 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
12018 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
12019 it is up to date.
12020
12021 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
12022 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
12023 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
12024 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
12025 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
12026 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
12027 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
12028
12029 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
12030 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
12031 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
12032 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
12033
12034 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
12035 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
12036 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
12037 @xref{compare}.
12038
12039 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
12040 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
12041 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
12042 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
12043 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
12044 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
12045 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
12046 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
12047 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
12048 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
12049 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
12050 the same volume as the one just written or read.
12051
12052 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
12053 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
12054 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
12055 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
12056 as long as programming is concerned.
12057
12058 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
12059 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
12060 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
12061 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
12062 information on these operations.
12063
12064 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
12065 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
12066 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
12067 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
12068 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
12069
12070 @node Write Protection
12071 @section Write Protection
12072
12073 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
12074 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
12075 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
12076 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
12077 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
12078 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
12079
12080 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
12081 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
12082 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
12083 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
12084 changeable feature.
12085
12086 @node Reliability and security
12087 @chapter Reliability and Security
12088
12089 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
12090 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
12091 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
12092 advice on the topic.
12093
12094 @menu
12095 * Reliability::
12096 * Security::
12097 @end menu
12098
12099 @node Reliability
12100 @section Reliability
12101
12102 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
12103 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
12104 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
12105 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
12106 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
12107 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
12108 archive.
12109
12110 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
12111 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
12112 data, and race conditions.
12113
12114 @menu
12115 * Permissions problems::
12116 * Data corruption and repair::
12117 * Race conditions::
12118 @end menu
12119
12120 @node Permissions problems
12121 @subsection Permissions Problems
12122
12123 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
12124 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
12125 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
12126 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
12127 file into the archive.
12128
12129 @node Data corruption and repair
12130 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
12131
12132 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
12133 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
12134 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
12135 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
12136 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
12137
12138 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
12139 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
12140 @command{cksum}.
12141
12142 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
12143 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
12144 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
12145 format and in other software tools.
12146
12147 @node Race conditions
12148 @subsection Race conditions
12149
12150 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
12151 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
12152 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
12153 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
12154 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
12155 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
12156 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
12157 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
12158 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
12159 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
12160 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
12161 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
12162 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
12163
12164 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
12165 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
12166 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
12167 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
12168 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
12169 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
12170 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
12171 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
12172 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
12173 then mount it read-only.
12174
12175 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
12176 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
12177 extract into that.
12178
12179 @node Security
12180 @section Security
12181
12182 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
12183 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
12184 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
12185 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
12186 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
12187 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12188 race condition.
12189
12190 @menu
12191 * Privacy::
12192 * Integrity::
12193 * Live untrusted data::
12194 * Security rules of thumb::
12195 @end menu
12196
12197 @node Privacy
12198 @subsection Privacy
12199
12200 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12201 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12202 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12203 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12204 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12205 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12206 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12207 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12208 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12209 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12210 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12211
12212 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12213 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12214 all the files in your home directory.
12215
12216 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12217 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12218 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12219 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12220
12221 @node Integrity
12222 @subsection Integrity
12223
12224 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12225 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12226 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12227
12228 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12229 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12230 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12231 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12232 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12233 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12234 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12235 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12236
12237 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12238 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12239 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12240 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12241 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12242 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12243 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12244 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12245 directory.
12246
12247 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12248 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12249 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12250 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12251 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12252 for trusted archives.
12253
12254 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12255 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12256 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12257 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12258 latter just silently ignores them.
12259
12260 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12261 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12262 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12263 archives.
12264
12265 @node Live untrusted data
12266 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12267
12268 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12269 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12270 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12271 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12272 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12273
12274 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12275 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12276 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12277 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12278 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12279 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12280 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12281 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12282 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12283 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12284
12285 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12286 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12287 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12288 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12289 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12290 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12291 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12292 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12293 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12294 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12295 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12296
12297 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12298 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12299 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12300 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12301 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12302 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12303 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12304 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12305 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12306
12307 @node Security rules of thumb
12308 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12309
12310 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12311 pitfalls.
12312
12313 @itemize @bullet
12314
12315 @item
12316 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12317 being archived.
12318
12319 @item
12320 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12321 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12322 trusted users. For example:
12323
12324 @example
12325 @group
12326 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12327 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12328 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12329 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12330 @end group
12331 @end example
12332
12333 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12334
12335 @item
12336 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12337 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12338
12339 @item
12340 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12341 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12342 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12343 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12344
12345 @item
12346 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12347
12348 @item
12349 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12350 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12351
12352 @item
12353 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12354 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12355 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12356 understand their security implications.
12357
12358 @end itemize
12359
12360 @node Changes
12361 @appendix Changes
12362
12363 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12364 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12365 version of this document is available at
12366 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12367 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12368
12369 @table @asis
12370 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12371
12372 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12373 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12374
12375 @smallexample
12376 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12377 @end smallexample
12378
12379 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12380 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12381 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12382 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12383 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12384 named @file{*.c}.
12385
12386 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12387 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12388 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12389 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12390
12391 @smallexample
12392 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12393 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12394 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12395 tar: suppress this warning.
12396 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12397 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12398 @end smallexample
12399
12400 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12401 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12402 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12403
12404 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12405 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12406
12407 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12408
12409 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12410 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12411
12412 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12413 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12414 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12415
12416 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12417 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12418 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12419
12420 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12421 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12422 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12423 of this issue and its implications.
12424
12425 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12426 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12427 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12428
12429 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12430 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12431
12432 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12433
12434 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12435 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12436 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12437 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12438 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12439 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12440 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12441
12442 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12443
12444 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12445
12446 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12447
12448 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12449 @end table
12450
12451 @node Configuring Help Summary
12452 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12453
12454 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12455 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12456 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12457 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12458 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12459 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12460 --help} output:
12461
12462 @verbatim
12463 Main operation mode:
12464
12465 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12466 -c, --create create a new archive
12467 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12468 file system
12469 --delete delete from the archive
12470 @end verbatim
12471
12472 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12473 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12474 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12475 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12476 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12477 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12478 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12479 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12480 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12481
12482 @table @asis
12483 @item Offset assignment
12484
12485 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12486
12487 @smallexample
12488 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12489 @end smallexample
12490
12491 @noindent
12492 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12493 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12494
12495 @item Boolean assignment
12496
12497 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12498 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12499 example:
12500
12501 @smallexample
12502 @group
12503 # Assign @code{true} value:
12504 dup-args
12505 # Assign @code{false} value:
12506 no-dup-args
12507 @end group
12508 @end smallexample
12509 @end table
12510
12511 Following variables are declared:
12512
12513 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12514 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12515 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12516
12517 @smallexample
12518 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12519 @end smallexample
12520
12521 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12522 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12523
12524 @smallexample
12525 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12526 @end smallexample
12527
12528 @noindent
12529 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12530 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12531 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12532
12533 The default is false.
12534 @end deftypevr
12535
12536 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12537 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12538 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12539
12540 @quotation
12541 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12542 optional for any corresponding short options.
12543 @end quotation
12544
12545 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12546 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12547 @end deftypevr
12548
12549 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12550 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12551
12552 @smallexample
12553 @group
12554 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12555 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12556 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12557 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12558 @end group
12559 @end smallexample
12560 @end deftypevr
12561
12562 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12563 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12564
12565 @smallexample
12566 @group
12567 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12568 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12569 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12570 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12571 @end group
12572 @end smallexample
12573 @end deftypevr
12574
12575 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12576 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12577 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12578 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12579 the description of @option{--format} option:
12580
12581 @smallexample
12582 @group
12583 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12584
12585 FORMAT is one of the following:
12586
12587 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12588 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12589 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12590 posix same as pax
12591 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12592 v7 old V7 tar format
12593 @end group
12594 @end smallexample
12595
12596 @noindent
12597 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12598 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12599 will look as follows:
12600
12601 @smallexample
12602 @group
12603 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12604
12605 FORMAT is one of the following:
12606
12607 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12608 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12609 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12610 posix same as pax
12611 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12612 v7 old V7 tar format
12613 @end group
12614 @end smallexample
12615 @end deftypevr
12616
12617 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12618 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12619
12620 @smallexample
12621 @group
12622 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12623 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12624 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12625 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12626 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12627 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12628 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12629 @end group
12630 @end smallexample
12631
12632 @noindent
12633 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12634 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12635 @end deftypevr
12636
12637 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12638 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12639 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12640 following text:
12641
12642 @verbatim
12643 Main operation mode:
12644
12645 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12646 an archive
12647 -c, --create create a new archive
12648 @end verbatim
12649 @noindent
12650 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12651
12652 The default value is 1.
12653 @end deftypevr
12654
12655 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12656 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12657 output. Default is 12.
12658 @end deftypevr
12659
12660 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12661 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12662 @end deftypevr
12663
12664 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12665 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12666 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12667
12668 @node Tar Internals
12669 @appendix Tar Internals
12670 @include intern.texi
12671
12672 @node Genfile
12673 @appendix Genfile
12674 @include genfile.texi
12675
12676 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12677 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12678 @include freemanuals.texi
12679
12680 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12681 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12682
12683 @include fdl.texi
12684
12685 @node Index of Command Line Options
12686 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12687
12688 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12689 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12690 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12691 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12692
12693 @printindex op
12694
12695 @node Index
12696 @appendix Index
12697
12698 @printindex cp
12699
12700 @summarycontents
12701 @contents
12702 @bye
12703
12704 @c Local variables:
12705 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12706 @c End:
This page took 0.590968 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.